Home

Note

1. Number e Label Battery Replacement 10927 e Label LTV Chirp 14392 e Label Stepping Motor Connector 11322 e Lubricant Silicone Gel 10123 e Mounting Block LTM LTV 11146 e Mounting Bracket LTM LTV 11125 e Nut Fan Assembly amp Solenoid Manifold Mounting 10342 e Os Blender Assembly 15079 001 e Os Blender Kit 17475 001 e Oz Inlet Block 10639 e O Ring Os inlet port 10609 e O Ring Rotary Switch 11645 Front Panel Replacement LTV 800 e Switch Membrane Panel 11806 1 e Overlay Panel English 11806 2 LTV 900 e Switch Membrane Panel 10641 1 e Overlay Panel English 10641 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese 10641 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish 10641 4 e Overlay Panel German 10641 5 e Overlay Panel French 10641 6 e Overlay Panel Italian 10641 7 e Overlay Panel Portuguese 10641 8 LTV 950 e Switch Membrane Panel 10953 1 e Overlay Panel English 10953 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese 10953 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish 10953 4 e Overlay Panel German 10953 5 e Overlay Panel French 10953 6 e Overlay Panel Italian 10953 7 e Overlay Panel Portuguese 10953 8 e Overlay Panel Norwegian 10953 10 e Overlay Panel Russian 10953 12 LTV 1000 without I E Hold p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 9 Replacement Part Name Part Number e Switch Membrane
2. LTV Service Record Page 2 LTV Serial Number Record of Maintenance Preventive Maintenance PM Needed n LI No If no record date amp hrs at last D te Hours Post Repair Calibration amp Tests Results Post Repair Calibration amp Tests Results Calibration s i O Performance Checkout z be C Power Checkout z t C Oxygen Checkout LTV 1000 only z a C General Checkout 5 Ai O 24 Hour Burn In 5 i Next PM Due at _____ Hours Or by date _ Whichever occurs first Mark only Parts that apply Part Number Installed Rev Description aoa Number d L 10136 _ 10643 _ 11803 Analog Board C 10019 Flow Valve L 10140 11636 Internal Battery include Lot amp Date Code C 10135 _ 10135 002 Motor Board C 10133 Main Board L 14375 10137 10153 Memory Board Version sid New vs o Reprogrammed L 10051 _ 15079 001 Oxygen Blender C 15000 Power Board L 10710 _ 11807 Solenoid Manifold C 11860 11490 Turbine Manifold Part Recs Lot Number Number ae a Removed Installed Completion of this form certifies that all repairs parts recorded were performed in accordance to PSI requirements Note If ownership on unit has changed please provide new customers s complete address amp phone number p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Appendix C Sample of Service Form 17701 001 Rev B Appendix D EVENT TRACE The Event Trace is
3. TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Set Time to 23 15 7 B Time is 23 15 Note Usage Meter 7 C Note usage meter Operate ventilator on test lung for 1 Hr 7 D No alarms occur Power vent off and on 7 E Date has incremented correctly Check Date Check Time 7 F Time has incremented correctly Verify Usage Meter 7 G Usage meter has incremented correctly Page 9 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Power Checkout Tools required e Internal Battery Test Cable P N 11472 e External Battery Test Cable P N 11474 e Variable 10 Amp DC voltage source 1 Perform a battery level test With the ventilator OFF remove external power and replace the internal battery with the variable DC voltage source using the internal battery test cable Ventilator Settings and Procedure Performance Requirement A Replace battery with the variable DC Normal operation voltage source set between 14 8V e Battery level LED is green and 15 0V and turn the ventilator on e Only Power Lost alarm activates Silence the Power Lost alarm B Slowly reduce voltage until LTV e Normal operation battery level LED changes to amber DC voltage source is 11 9V 2 e BAT LOW alarm e Audible alarm sounds C Slowly reduce voltage until the LTV Normal operation battery level LED changes to red e DC voltage source is 11 5V 2 e BAT EMPTY alarm e Audible alarm sou
4. eccceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 5 1 Recommended Maintenance Schedule ee eee eeeeeee cent cene tent eter eeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeseeeseeeneeenaeenaee 5 1 Before inital USE ierann aaen a sauces A E ab E E a af A ES 5 2 Storage Maitena nN erio anan a a a causes E aged a aa 5 2 Daily Maintenance ra sanns EE Siva E EEEE ste a hie Benne ee ee ee 5 2 Monthly Maintenance sioiias a vedic tsia iiini tases datea iaiia daidit aaia teeters 5 2 10 000 Hour 2 Year Maintenan Snoen niai n a a i A E a N 5 3 30 000 Ho r Maintenan Ce ionia A a a A a a a a ee aiaa 5 3 Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration ececcceeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 1 Operating TNO mpera inochi hh eta at aa at a th ail eaten ee eee A a eean 6 1 Pneumatic Schematic Detail cccccccceeeseceeneeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeee sense seaeeesaaeeeeeeeeseaeeesaeseeaeeseneees 6 3 Vent Maintenance itine a a a a a a a a beeen a 6 4 Vent Maintenance EMI ooren tein er e EE a aR E NO E E EE 6 5 Vent Maintenance Entry Alarm cccccececeeceeeceeneeeeeeeeceaeeeeeaeeseeeeeceaeeesaaeseeaeeseaeeesaaeeseneeenaees 6 5 Galibratio Manene Peat rita a a a ada r a E aa aa a a aa aea aean 6 6 Airway Pressure Calibration sseeeseeeseeeseeneesrtettnttnntenruttntttnnttnnttnnntnntnnnnnntnnnnnnnnnnnnn nenn 6 7 Flow Differential Calibration eccecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeeeseeeeseeeeecaaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeesaaeeseneeenaees 6 11 Valve Differential Ca
5. Ventilator won t exhale repeated HIGH PRES alarms turbine stops and pressure drops then auto cycles up to HIGH PRES again Repeated DISC SENSE alarms Diaphragm installed backwards or incorrectly seated in exhalation valve Sense lines occluded pinched or reversed Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective exhalation drive solenoid Circuit disconnected from patient wye or vent Exhalation valve disconnected from wye PEEP valve or peepless cap disconnected from wye High or low side sense lines disconnected from vent or wye or are inappropriately attached High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve or peepless valve cap back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Verify lines are not occluded pinched or reversed This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the soleno
6. O is low Oz inlet flow too low when Low O Source selected Rolled or leaking flow valve inlet gasket Flow valve output is high Failed calibration Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective or leaking solenoid manifold Defective solenoid Incorrect O blender solenoid output flow Verify the low pressure Oz inlet has been correctly calculated and set using the Input O Flow Chart see Appendix E Input O2 Flow Chart Pulmonetic Systems recommends the use of an O monitor to verify delivered 02 Adjust the entrained O flow so the monitored value shows the desired FIO2 See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for information on using the Low O Source and O2 features Replace flow valve inlet gasket see Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly Perform the Advanced FiO Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 26 Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold analog board oxygen blender or flow valve are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for
7. Lpm 1 0 Lpm LTV 1000 flow must be 10 Lpm 0 5 Lpm 02 must be 90 5 8 Flow 50 Turbine speed 4000 8 C Flow must be 50 Lpm 7 5 Lpm 02 60 Oz inlet pressure 60psig S 02 must be 60 5 8 Flow 90 Turbine speed 7000 8 D Flow must be 90 Lpm 13 5 Lpm 02 90 O2 inlet pressure 50 psig 02 must be 90 5 08 107 Not applicable to the LTV 800 108 Applicable on LTV 1000 only Page 9 26 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Solenoids Step position 100 turbine speed 4000 9 A ExhPilot solenoid deactivated OFF Pressure at exhalation drive port must 0 cmH20 ExhPilot solenoid activated ON Pressure at exhalation drive port must be 214 cmH20 Step position 100 turbine speed 4000 9 B Purge solenoid deactivated OFF For LTV 1000 950 amp 900 pressure at High amp Low flow transducer ports 0 cmH20O For LTV 800 with software version 3 13 or higher pressure at the Patient Pressure port 0 cmH20 Purge solenoid activated ON For LTV 1000 950 amp 900 pressure at High amp Low flow transducer ports 2 14 cmH20 For LTV 800 with software version 3 13 or higher pressure at the Patient Pressure port 2 14 cmH20 15 cmH20 to high flow transducer port 9 C Apres solenoid activated ON AP 0 cm
8. ee Za Screw k LTV 1000 only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 87 O2 Port Cap Low Pressure Parts required for replacement Tools required e Low Pressure O2 Port cap P N 14446 e Philips screwdriver with torque If not installed the Low Pressure O2 Port cap should be installed as follows 1 Place the unit facing up on the workstation 2 Remove one of the bottom Phillips head screws and washers adjacent to the oxygen port 3 Replace the screw through the collared washer and the ring of the cap as shown and reinstall into the ventilator Torque tighten the screw to 30 in oz Shoulder Washer pe a Cap Leash Ring 1 Flat Washer Screw Page 8 88 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Power Board Assembly Power Port DC Cord Pigtail Assemblies are installed on all current versions of LTV ventilators Earlier version ventilator power board assemblies P N 10134 or 11511 must be replaced with a current version power board assembly and related hardware Power Port DC Cord Pigtail Assembly Power Board Replacement Kits Pulmonetic Systems offers three different power board replacement kits for the LTV Series ventilators Review the information shown below to identify which power board kit would be appropriate for the specific ventilator being serviced Note Pulmonetic Systems requires the LTV ventilator software be upgra
9. A Differential Pressure transducer is provided to measure the delta pressure developed across the flow transducer The transducer is auto zeroed to ambient pressure and the sense lines are purged to prevent moisture migration into the transducer The Oxygen Blender accepts pressurized oxygen from an external source and as directed by the control system meters the oxygen flow to meet the requirements of the current 02 setting and ventilation flow demand The O2 Pressure transducer measures inlet pressure and is used by the Blender control system to compensate the oxygen delivery for variations in oxygen inlet pressure The Sub Ambient Relief Valve allows the patient to inspire spontaneously from room air in the event of a failure of the main ventilator system The Over Pressure Relief Valve provides an independent mechanical means to limit the maximum inspiratory pressure Both of these functions are physically included in the Flow Valve Body The Airway Pressure transducer measures pressure at the patient airway and is used for a feedback signal during the delivery of pressure breaths The transducer is auto zeroed to ambient pressure and the sense lines are purged to prevent moisture migration into the transducer 12 LTV 1000 only 13 Not on LTV 800 Page 6 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Pneumatic Schematic Detail Differential Airway Differential 02 Pres Pres LTV 1000 only Autozero 1
10. Agency Requirements Regulatory Requirements FDA Draft Reviewer Guidance for Ventilators July 1995 Shipping Requirements The ventilator packed in its shipping container shall conform to the International Safe Transit Association requirements for packaged products weighing less than 100 pounds 128 Not applicable on LTV 950 900 and 800 Page A 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Appendix B GLOSSARY TERM AC Airway Circuit Airway Pressure Airway Pressure DEFINITION Alternating Current The airway tubing that connects the ventilator and the patient The airway pressure measured at the exhalation valve A bar graph type display composed of 60 LEDs This display shows the Display real time airway circuit pressure from 10 cmH O to 108 cmH 0 Alarm An audible and visual notification that an alarm condition has been met Audible notification includes an oscillating or continuous tone Visual notification may include flashing displays illuminated LEDs and text messages shown in the display window Apnea Apnea occurs when the time between breath starts exceeds the set apnea interval Apnea Backup Ventilation Apnea Backup Ventilation begins when an apnea alarm occurs and continues until the patient initiates 2 consecutive breaths or the alarm is canceled by an operator Apnea Backup Ventilation is given in the Assist Control mode Apnea Interval As
11. LTM LTV mounting bracket earlier model LTMs Earlier model LTM Graphics Monitors require a two piece mounting assembly as shown below LTM LTV Mounting Block aos earlier model LTM b LTM LTV Mounting Bracket earlier model LTM ZN WARNING Mounting screw use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when installing or removing external accessories Accessory mounting screws Refer to the information supplied with the replacement screws kit P N 11149 to determine the appropriate accessory mounting screws or accessory replacement screws to use when removing or exchanging external accessories on an LTV Series ventilator Page 8 24 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTMATV mounting bracket temporary removal earlier model LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required Phillips screwdriver with torque meter e 7 64 Allen wrench To temporarily remove the LTM LTV mounting bracket 1 Lay the disconnected ventilator on a clean dry surface Use a 7 64 Allen wrench to remove the three mounting block screws and mounting block as shown below e Retain the screws for reuse when the mounting block is reinstalled Prior to removing the remaining Mounting bracket screws note the position of the screw in the leg of the Mounting bracket with the circular notch just above the elongated screw slot see illustration
12. Total Breath Rate 0 to 250 breaths per minute 1 bpm or within 5 of the breath period whichever is greater Total Minute Volume 0 to 99 9 liters 15 or the measured total breath rate times 15 ml whichever is greater 123 Not applicable on LTV 800 Page A 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Button Controls Display Function Control Lock Locks Front Panel controls can be set to Easy or Hard unlocking Manual Breath Generates a machine breath Standby On Puts ventilator in On or Standby state Low Pressure O Source Selects Low Pressure Os Source Silence Reset Silences and resets alarms Displays Display Range Tolerance Airway Pressure 10 to 108 cmH20 3 cmH 0 or 5 whichever is greater Display Window 12 characters n a Patient Effort Green LED n a Vent Inop Red LED n a External Power Amber Green LED n a Charge Status Red Amber Green LED n a Battery Level Red Amber Green LED n a Usage Meter Usage Meter 1 to 139 000 hrs Below 100 hrs 10 Above 100 hrs 5 Packaging Size 3 x 10 x 12 OR 3 25 x 10 5 x 13 5 with Protective Boots installed Weight 13 4 lbs OR 14 4 lbs with Protective Boots installed LTV 1000 950 amp 900 Weight 13 1 lbs OR 14 2 lbs with Protective Boots installed LTV 800 Sound Leve Sound Level Shall not exceed 50 dBA RMS at one meter 124 Not applicable on LTV 950 900 and 800 p n 10665 Rev
13. Vent Inop Alarm Test Troubleshooting 7 39 Vent Inop Alarm Test 9 2 VENT MTNCE 6 4 Ventilator Checkout See VENT CHECK Ventilator Checkout Menu 8 65 Ventilator Checkout Test Alarm 2 4 2 5 Control 2 7 Leak 2 9 Vent Inop Alarm 2 11 Ventilator Checkout Tests 2 1 Vhome Label 8 60 Setting 8 60 Value 8 58 VHome 6 25 6 37 7 7 7 9 7 11 7 12 7 13 7 18 7 38 W WAITING 2 9 Warnings 1 3 Warnings Definition 1 2 Warranty ii Watchdog Test 9 21 WDOG 6 34 WDOG Test Troubleshooting 7 40 Wire Fan Connector 8 63 Worksheets 24 Hr Burn in 9 33 Battery Checkout See Power Checkout Worksheet Calibration 6 24 6 29 General Checkout 9 7 Oxygen Checkout 9 31 Performance Checkout 9 24 Power Checkout 9 13 X XDC FLT1 Definition D 9 XDCR FAULT 7 6 7 11 7 13 7 32 7 38 XDCR FAULT Alarm Troubleshooting 7 33 XDCR ZERO 7 7 7 9 7 12 7 14 7 18 7 19 Y Yellow Flag 8 58 Z ZIF Connector 8 63 p n 10665 Rev H X A 7 I CY Fz www wqdai com AN EERTE DER Pes TE EM ALEAN WIZWWW wodai com ERF SKT KIZA FAA E ERR LAY ST ZA Ae ER wna N kA TYCO i7Ktedraeger fil viasys AF Newporm 32 iihamilton P I siemens MENIKA EPRA STOE ER WI K AC lal PS fr PEA L582 AN ed WWw wadai com WK RIF
14. flat head mounting screws with finish washers through the screw holes in the sides of the upper boot as indicated in the illustration on the next page 5 One leg of the upper boot has an additional screw hole furthest from the end of the leg The length of the screw is used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators the screw hole will align with the upper hole in the boot and requires the use of the 1 4 mounting screw e Oncurrent version ventilators the screw hole will align with the lower hole in the boot and requires the use of the 3 8 mounting screw 6 Insert and thread two flat head mounting screws of the correct size with finish washers through the screw holes in the legs of the upper boot as indicated in the illustration on the next page ZN WARNING Specific boot screw location Make sure that the correct screw is used for your particular ventilator before tightening down Using a screw of the wrong length in this location can cause the ventilator to malfunction resulting in possible harm to the patient 4 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Protective Boots Installation Kit P N 11550 8 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Replacement Screws kit P N 11149 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8
15. pieog Hod uon sod 34611 Yyg 2d ojeuy INSS ld 4a9NpsueL IL Ul YOJON BIH lenUaIayIG ALA pieog Waod Bojeuy Auayeq Jeusazul 104 Bale CFU WdDd Jamo jo ape ay sed doo jou 0g 3 0N saonpsuesy seonpsuesy enuas y q MO y ainssaid ley HIG mold p aB saonpsuely ainssalg Aenuiy Bug sen ejewey INSS Jd YBIH 103 e 1 U9 A 1 pu jg uebAxo OL Buya 19N7 JeW INSS8Jg MOT 103zeJUIA 6u queg BAIA UOoejeyxa JO e I USA BAJA MO JO woyoq Woy pue 1e9 9 10 Hej4 Moja YIM 1e9 9 10 abueio AJLA MOJA OL BuipesBdn asinbas zou op pue Bunos peBueyd jou aaey juo uonensnyj Ul paiojoo AeiB umoys s qn jq x j4 ALON Page 8 43 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV 800 Current and Earlier Tube Routing Diagram uNNnoY qn 131e pue zuan Hod uonsod 4 1 INSS ld J npsue lIL yBIH jenu BAleA pieog Vaod Bojeuy SUOISUBUWIP q i pue q o eqn q p ys qezs s 4 1 e3 10 U91IND UOISIBA Bunos aqny 9 0N Jaonpsuely ainssalg Aenuiy Buy qeg INSS ld juaed 7 NJLA MOJ4 JO wopoq Bung queg pii a wo pue ueIo aAeA uonejeyxg BAJEA MOJ4 OL BuipesBdn asinbes you op pue Bunos p uey jou aaey Ajuo uoyensnij Ul paio0joo e umoys Saqn ajqixe 4 JLON LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 8 44 Alarm Sounder Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Sou
16. 2 All segments of the 7 segment control displays all dots of the dot matrix window displays and all LEDs are illuminated Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators 3 To end the display test press the Select button again and the next menu item is displayed Display Area Select Button DISPLAY is displayed ay Pressure cmH20 guong PulmoneticSyslems 0 10 Note The displays for the External Power Vent Inop and Charge Status LEDs are not tested by the Display Test e The External Power and Charge Status LEDs are tested when the AC adapter is connected to the ventilator see page 2 2 e The Vent Inop LED is tested during the Vent Inop alarm test see page 2 2 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 5 Displays will be illuminated in the following colors Display Color Display Color Airway Pressure Display Green Pressure Mode LED Green Display Window Red Assist Control Mode LED Green Breath Rate Green SIMV CPAP Mode LED Green Tidal Volume Green NPPV Mode LED Green Pressure Control Green Inspiratory Expiratory Hold LED Green Inspiratory Time Green Manual Breath LED Green Pressure Support Green Low Pressure O Source LED Green O2 Green Control Lock LED Green Sensitivity Green Patient Effort LED Green High Pressure Limit alarm Red External Power
17. SOLENOID ExhPilot OFF Purge OFF Not on LTV 800 with software version 3 13 or lower Apres OFF ExhDiffP OFF Not on LTV 800 O2 1 OFF LTV 1000 only O2 2 OFF LTV 1000 only O2 3 OFF LTV 1000 only O2 4 OFF LTV 1000 only EXIT Use the set value knob to rotate between solenoid options To change the state of any solenoid press the Select button while it is displayed in the window Pressing Select toggles the state of the solenoid on and off Solenoids are automatically set to the off state when you enter the Calibration menu 8 If software version is lower than 3 13 update the software see Chapter 8 Memory Board Page 6 32 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Step Test The flow valve Stepper Motor Synchronization Test is used to exercise the flow valve and insure LTV software hardware synchronization 1 Set the ventilator to VENT MAINTENANCE mode VENT MTNCE refer to Vent Maintenance Entry in this chapter 2 From the VENT MTNCE display press the Select button and rotate the Set Value knob to select the STEP TEST display 3 Press the Select button to start the test The flow valve stepper motor will begin to actuate continuously for approximately seven 7 minutes During the test the status monitor window display will change continuously To the right side of the display a numeric value will appear for example 3 to indicate the maximum number of step e
18. Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To permanently remove the lower protective boot 1 Lay the ventilator down front up and use a Philips head screwdriver to remove the four flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the sides of the Lower Protective Boot as indicated in the illustration below 2 Remove the lower boot and insert and thread four 1 4 flat head mounting screws with finish washers into the screw holes in the ventilator s side panels as indicated in the illustration below e Finish washers should be already in place 3 Torque tighten all four screws to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers _ _ N P aiti N a Sink AKA ay N Y gt Example rineh Washer to Flat head Screw Orientation E N S Flat head Screw 3 ie Ue aa 4 places 7 8 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 9 Boots Reinstallation Parts required for replacement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit 11149 e Phillips screwdriver with Replace if damaged torque meter e Finish Washers 6 P N 10191 4 To reinstall the Upper Protective Boot 1 Carefully place and support the disconnected ventilator in an upright position on a clean dry surf
19. are smaller See page 8 44 Earlier Version e Flexible tubing outer diameters 219 are larger See page 8 44 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 39 LTV 900 950 and 1000 Current Version Tube Routing Diagrams 437 34 0 pauoljisog saonpsuely enua ALA YM Bulnoy aqny uolssa Juan pueog Hod uonisod y Vad Sojeuy ainssald saonpsueiy euala SAJEA Ul YDJON yBiy pieog Yad Bojeuy Asayeq JeusazUI 104 e342 OJU 2 2 Yad Jamo d jo abpa ay sed doo jou 0g 3J0N Jaonpsuesy saonpsuesy MSS ld eiua yig MO alila 60 1e Ha mold uaBAxO 4 HOd paljesul J3 Npsue Jj NSS ld emy Bunya sen ajeway aunssaig YIH JO e NUDA sapusjg ueBAxo of Buys sen AEW BINSSIldg MOT 10 e 1 U9 Buia qeg AJLA Voyejeyxg JOJEIUS A AJLA MOJ4 JO Wwoyoq woz pue Jea 10 Bej4 MOJA YUM 123 9 10 abueig ie AJLA MO 4 OL Burpes6dn asinba you op pue Bunos paBueys jou eaey Ajuo vonesjsnjii ul paiojoo Aes6 umoys saqn ajqixaj4 ALON LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 8 40 3461H 34 0 pouoljisog Jaonpsuesy enuy AJLA YM Bulynoy aqny uOIsJaA zuan paeog Hod uonisod 4u Wadd Bojeuy aiNssald 4saonpsuely u YO ON 4BIH penuad LA S pueog WaOd Auayeq u13 u1 104 Base O UI W9d 1 M0d jo abpa ay ysed dooj jou 0g 3 0N seonpsuesy Jaonpsuesy leuad MO 4 i y ainsseld ue
20. f Time Exit Patient Assist Pulse Normal Exit Exit Alarm Operations Ventilator Operations Transducer Autozero Real time Transducer Data Event Trace Ventilator Checkout Tests Ventilator Maintenance 131 Page E 2 Ventilator Operations Variable Rise Time Profile x Profile Exit Variable Flow Termination of Peak xx Exit Variable Time Termination Term x x sec Term Exit PC Flow Termination PC Flow On PC Flow Off PC Flow Exit Leak Compensation Comp On Comp Off Comp Exit NPPV Mode NPPV On NPPV Off NPPV Exit O2 Flush x min Exit Control Unlock Unlock Easy Unlock Hard Unlock Exit Display Language English Dansk Deutsch Espanol Francais Italiano Portugues Svenska Norsk Pycckui Lang Exit Software Version xx xx MMDDYY HH MM Usage Meter xxxxx x MMDDYY HH MM LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Ventilator Operations cont Communications Setting Data Monitor Printer Modem Comm Exit Set Date MM DD YY or DD MM YYYY or YYYY MM DD Year Xxxx Month xx Day xx Set Time HH MM SS Hour xx Min xx Date Format MM DD YY DD MM YYYY YYYY MM DD Date Exit PIP LED Format PIP LED On PIP LED Off PIP LED Exit Model Number Serial Number LTV xxxx S N xxxxxx LTM Valve Home Position xxx Defaults displayed acce
21. 1 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 2 Disconnect the flow valve s 3 wire connector from the power board and the 4 wire connector from the motor board 3 Find the 2 flexible tubes that connect the flow valve to the solenoid manifold and the analog board Disconnect both tubes from the solenoid manifold and analog board Note Prior to disconnecting or removing any of the tubes review the Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations table and diagrams see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Identify the diagram for tube routing configuration that exists in the ventilator being serviced Refer to this diagram when reconnecting the tubes to the current configuration 4 Remove the 2 screws from the body of the flow valve 5 Lift the flow valve up and out of the ventilator case The Silicone Gel Lubricant and Flow Valve Insertion Tool are available separately or as part of the Maintenance and Calibration Kit P N 11566 z Required for flow valves with VHome 200 240 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 55 6 Disconnect the bypass tubing from the connector at the base of the flow valve me pv SS 10 e Bypass Tubing 1A To replace the flow valve assembly 1 If Spiral Wrap and a Warning label have previously been installed on the flow valve s Stepping Motor 4 wire leads proceed to step 4 other
22. Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Calibrate the flow valve See Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibration for instructions Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 24 Replace the turbine manifold See Chapter 8 Turbine Manifold for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 13 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Sensitivity does not appear to be accurate Ventilator is auto
23. Flow Term 25 Var Time Term 1 5 sec PC Flow Term Off Feature Leak Compensation NPPV Mode Control Unlock Language Com Setting Date Format PIP LED Default Off Off Easy English Monitor LTV 1000 950 900 Data LTV 800 mm dd yy 4 Run the ventilator connected to a test lung for 24 hours and verify that no alarms occur 5 Return the ventilator settings to factory defaults at the conclusion of the test 114Applicable to LTV 1000 and 950 only 115Not applicable to LTV 800 116 Applicable to LTV 1000 only Page 9 32 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 18327 001 A Addendum 1 24 Hour Burn in Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENS FAIL 24 Hour Burn in Connect AC adapter and test lung 1 Power ventilator up 2 Set the ventilator controls to the factory 3 default settings Run the ventilator connected to a test 4 Verify that no alarms occur lung for 24 hours p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 34 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Appendix A VENTILATOR SPECIFICATIONS Modes and Breath Types Breath Types Modes Variable Controls Control Backup Pressure Trigger Breath Rate Date Format Display Select Inspiratory Expiratory H
24. H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page A 5 Storage and Operating Conditions Specification Tolerance Storage Temperature 20 to 60 degrees C n a Humidity 10 to 95 Relative non condensing n a Operating Temperature 5 to 40 degrees C n a Humidity 15 to 95 Relative non condensing n a Orientation The ventilator functions within its performance specifications when operated in any orientation Inlet Air Filtration The ventilator air filter is removable and cleanable by the operator All filter materials are FDA compliant for breathing circuits and meet burn requirements for UL 94HB Oxygen Inlet DISS Connector Inlet Pressure Range 40 to 70 PSIG 2 PSIG Tapered Tubing Connector Inlet Pressure Range 0 to 10 PSIG 2 PSIG Shock and Vibration The ventilator is designed to withstand shock and vibration in accordance with relevant requirements set forth in the following standards IEC 68 2 27 Shock IEC 68 2 6 Vibration IEC 68 2 34 Vibration MIL STD 810E Shock Ground Transport and Helicopter Transport Vibration Spillage The ventilator resists fluid spillage when tested in accordance with the relevant standards specified in IEC 601 1 Clause 44 3 External Surface Temperature External surfaces lt 50 C ambient temperature of 35 C n a 125 LTV Ventilators stored at temperatures outside of the specified Operating Temperature range are to be allowed to stabilize to within the operating temp
25. Internal Flexible Tubing X X Xx Xx Main Board Assembly X X X X X X Memory Board Assembly X X X xX Xx Motor Board Assembly X X X X X O2 Blender Assembly X X X X X Power Board Assembly X X X X X X Rotary Knob Assembly X X X Soft Side Panel X Solenoid Manifold X X X X X Thermo Conductive Pad X Turbine Manifold X X X X Ventilator Back Panel X p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 1 General Checkout Tools required e Calibrated Manometer 0 120 cmH2O e Calibrated O2 Analyzer e Calibrated Spirometer e Compressed O source with a 0 80 PSI regulator e Compressed gas source with a 0 50 cmH 0O regulator syringe and manometer may be used e 1 liter or greater test lung e Calibrated Digital Multi Meter e Patient Assist Cable Normally Closed P N 10779 e Patient Assist Cable Normally Open P N 10780 Connect the AC adapter to a valid AC power source Connect the patient circuit to the ventilator and to a test lung with a compliance of 10 ml cmH20 and a resistance of 5 cm L sec Do not connect the Oxygen supply Run the Ventilator Checkout VENT CHECK Tests Test Result A Alarm Audible alarm must activate for minimum 2 seconds Confirming audible Chirp must activate after alarm is silenced B Display All displays must illuminate except Vent Inop C Control As each button is pressed the correct label must be displayed in the monitor windows This includes
26. Page 8 96 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 29 Verify the power board mating connector pins are straight and place the Motor PCBA on the four threaded stand offs on the power board and orientated such that the connector pins on the power board are indexed into the matching connector holes in the Motor PCBA Using finger pressure press down on the Motor PCBA at the location directly above the pins and connector for the power board e When the Motor PCBA is correctly seat on the power board the pins on the power board should visibly protrude through the top of the connector on the Motor PCBA Connectors Standoffs Connectors Verify mating connector pins are straight before reinstalling Motor PCBA 30 Insert and thread four 7 16 pan head screws P N 10433 into the mounting holes in the Motor PCBA and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 7 16 Pan head Screws 4 places 31 Replace the alarm sounder see instructions on page 8 45 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 97 32 Reconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector 8 wire O2 blender and 2 wire sounder connectors to the power board e The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 33 Replace the analog board and install two 1 4 Green colored pan head mounting screws P N 10435G Torque tight
27. This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Over pressure relief valve leaking Subambient relief valve leaking Flow valve leaking Replace the flow valve See Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly for instructions VHome setting does not match flow valve LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do LEAK Test Internal problem with the Verify wiring to turbine Replace turbine Leak test fails with turbine manifold or motor PCBA LEAK FAIL message Leak Test Hi and Low Flow transducer ports in Chapter 6 Leaky or disconnected internal tubing Solenoid manifold mal Check tubing connections Check for leaks in tubing Replace damaged tubing Reconnect as necessary Calibration functioning Replace Solenoid Manifold O2 Leak Test in Malfunctioning O2 Blender Replace O2 Blender Chapter 6 Calibration OPRV test Over Pressure Relief Valve Replace Flow valve malfunction Vent Inop Alarm Test Audible alarm too soft Alarm sounder blocked Check the alarm sounder opening in the right side of the ventilato
28. amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 19 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Condensation in sense lines High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Defective purge solenoids Verify lines are not occluded or pinched and or clear the lines with a low flow less than 10 Lpm gas source Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Ventilator is on gas is not delivered and turbine is running Defective or disconnected flow valve Defective turbine Defective or disconnected solenoids Using the Vent Maintenance mode SERVO test determine if the turbine and flow valve are working correctly by changing the Turbine Speed Flow and Step Motor Positions Verify all turbine and flow valve cables are connected and all flexible tubes connected to the analog board and solenoid manifold are correctly and securely connected Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Using the Vent Maintenance mode SOLENOID test determine if all solenoids are working correctly Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Ventilator is on gas is
29. e Mild cleanser To replace the thermo conductive pad on the inside of the back panel 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Peel the thermo conductive pad off the inside of the back panel 3 If there is any adhesive residue left on the inside of the back panel remove it by washing with a mild cleanser 4 Remove the protective backing from the new thermo conductive pad and place it on the inside surface of the back panel as shown Motor Board Heatsink Thermo Conductive Pad 5 Remove the protective cover from the thermo conductive pad 6 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Page 8 104 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Thermo Conductive Turbine Pad Thermo conductive pads should be replaced any time they have hardened and at least at the 30 000 hour service The turbine heat sink pad is located between the inside of the upper weldment and the turbine Parts required for replacement Tools required e Thermo Conductive Turbine Pad P N e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter 10129 e Grounded anti static wrist strap e Mild cleanser To replace the thermo conductive turbine pad see instructions on removing and replacing the turbine manifold on page 8 106 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 105 Turb
30. not delivered and turbine is not running RT XDCR DATA item TS shows speeds at or near 0 Defective or disconnected turbine Defective motor board Defective power board The SERVO test may be used to set the turbine speed explicitly See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions on using the servo test The turbine speed can be viewed using the RT XDCR DATA display See Chapter 3 Real Time Transducer Data for instructions on using RT data Verify all flow valve and turbine power cables are connected Verify all flexible tubes connected to the analog board and solenoid manifold are correctly and securely connected Replace the turbine See Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly or Turbine Manifold for instructions Replace the motor board See Chapter 8 Motor Board Assembly for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Sense line connectors wobble or loose Fitting connectors loosened inside ventilator case Open the ventilator case and tighten the nuts on the sense line and drive line connectors See Chapter 8 Back Panel for instructions on opening the ventilator Page 7 20 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Ventilator makes a high pitched noise when in Standby Battery charge circuit running When the battery charge circuit is running i
31. plugging it into a good AC source If the internal battery is not connected the Charge Status LED will show red Reconnect the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions If the battery does not reach full capacity after several charge cycles vent should run for more than 40 minutes on nominal settings replace the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions If the battery won t charge completely after replacing it there may be a problem with the charge circuit on the power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Battery doesn t reach full charge Battery depletes too quickly CONTINUED Battery doesn t reach full charge Battery depletes too quickly Internal battery deeply discharged Defective internal battery Defective power board Charge the internal battery for 24 hours by connecting the external AC adapter and plugging it into a good AC source If the battery is deeply discharged it may take several cycles of charging and discharging for the battery to reach a maximum charge If the battery does not reach full capacity after several charge cycles vent should run for more than 40 minutes on nominal settings replace the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions If the battery won t charge completely after replacing it there may be a
32. to 60 Allow the ventilator to operate for 1 minute then check the oxygen concentration Oxygen concentration should be 55 to 65 Set 0 to 30 Allow the ventilator to operate for 1 minute then check the oxygen concentration Oxygen concentration should be 27 to 33 Set 0 to 21 Allow the ventilator to operate for 1 minute then check the oxygen concentration Oxygen concentration should be 18 to 24 Note O2 may exhaust from Air Inlet filter Port and falsely elevate reading Do not permit exhausted O2 to enter via the fan intake 111 The Oxygen checkout test applies only to the LTV1000 If oxygen concentration is not within the specified limits and flow is within specified limits replace the O2 Blender filter see page 8 86 and or and the O2 Blender see page 8 79 and repeat the Oxygen Checkout 112 tests 18327 001 A Addendum 1 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 9 29 2 Perform an internal oxygen enrichment test Connect an oxygen sensor with a pump to a small tube inserted as described A For the LTV 1000 e 0 measurement should be taken from inside the unit at the PCB area Connect the ventilator to a high e 0 measurement must be lt 25 pressure oxygen source set the Os to 100 After measurement return O2 setting to 21 LTV1000 only For the LTV 800 900 and 950 Connect the O2 inlet port to an oxygen source providing
33. 1 Inspiratory Expiratory A 1 installation LTM mounting assembly current model 8 21 Internal Battery 8 66 Internal Inlet Filter See Filter Internal Inlet Internal Tube Routing Configurations 8 39 J JP8 Connector 8 58 K Keypad Ribbon Cable 8 71 L LEAK 2 9 Leak Test Troubleshooting 7 38 Leak Test 9 2 LOCKED 7 4 LOW MIN VOL 7 3 LOW O2 PRES 7 3 LOW PRES 7 3 LTM Compatibility Test 9 22 LTM Mounting Bracket earlier model 8 24 LTM LTV Mounting assembly current LTM 8 16 p n 10665 Rev H M Main Board 8 70 Maintenance 6 4 10 000 Hour 2 Year 5 3 30 000 Hour 5 3 Calibration 6 4 Daily 5 2 Monthly 5 2 Storage 5 2 Manifold Screw 8 107 Map Extended Features E 2 Membrane Switch Panel 8 64 Memory 6 43 Memory Board 8 74 MODEL 6 36 7 3 7 4 Model Selection 6 36 Motor Board 8 77 MOTOR DRIVE 6 20 Motor Drive Calibration 6 19 N NO CAL Alarm Troubleshooting 7 35 NO CAL DATA Alarm Troubleshooting 7 35 Notes Definition 1 2 O Os Bleed In E 7 Oz Blender See Oxygen Blender Os Blender Filter See Oxygen Blender Filter O2 INLET 6 17 Oz Inlet Filter See Oxygen Blender Filter Oz Inlet Pressure Calibration 6 17 Oz Input Flow Chart E 6 Opaque Orange Tube 8 60 Orange Seal 8 85 8 110 Orange Tube 8 58 Oxygen Concentration Bleed In E 7 Oxygen Pressure Oz LTV 1000 only E 15 Oxygen Blender 8 79 Oxyge
34. 13 Flat head Screw _ 2 places A tn Flat head Screw Upper Hole Earlier Version SCREW LENGTH IS _ DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE s INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS Lower Hole Current Version eee 7 Torque tighten the mounting screws to these specified values e Torque tighten the screws in the legs of the boot to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm e Torque tighten the screws in the sides of the boot to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers Page 8 14 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To install the lower protective boot 1 Lay the ventilator down front up and use a Philips head screwdriver to remove the four flat head mounting screws in the ventilator s side panels as indicated in the illustration below e Do not remove the mating finish washers 2 Orient the lower boot to the ventilator as shown in the illustration below Move the boot into position on the bottom of the ventilator and align its four screw holes with the corresponding holes in the ventilator side panels e Ensure the orientation arrows on the bottom of the boot are aligned up as shown below 3 Insert and lightly thread four 1 2 flat head mounting screws with finish washers through the screw holes in the sides of the lower boot as indicated in the illustration below 4 Torque tighten all four screws in the boot to 20 in
35. 16 Pan head Screw 4 P N 10433 e Grounded anti static wrist If not already installed strap e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions To replace the Motor Board 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Disconnect the 4 wire connector from the flow valve and the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine 3 Remove the 4 motor board mounting screws 4 Pull the motor straight up and off the mating power board connectors Use care to pull the motor board up evenly and without rocking side to side or bending the power board connector pins e For ventilators previously equipped with a power connector shield assembly P N 11536 bend the wires from the shield out of the way to remove the motor board Mounting Screws 4 places Power Connector Shield Assembly Wires If previously installed bend out of way p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 77 5 For ventilators previously equipped with a power connector shield assembly temporarily loosen the 2 flat head screws in the side panel and remove the shield by pulling it straight up and out of the ventilator Discard the shield it is not to be reinstalled and torque tighten the screws to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm Power Connector Shield Assembly If previously installed remove and discard Aal 1 4 Flat head Screws 6 Veri
36. 8 99 3 Remove the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 4 Remove the flow valve see instructions on page 8 55 5 Disconnect the O2 blender 8 wire connector from the power board blender only 6 Disconnect the O tube from the oxygen pressure transducer on the analog board blender only 7 Disconnect the turbine s 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the motor board 8 Disconnect the bypass tubing from the connector at the base of the turbine manifold 9 Remove the 4 screws labeled MANIFOLD SCREW from the turbine manifold 10 Remove the 4 blender mounting screws and metal washers from the outside of the ventilator Unscrew and remove the O2 cap and washer if present 11 Remove the oxygen blender turbine manifold and interior inlet filter Use care not to dislodge the grounding straps and grommets that are between the oxygen blender and the side of the ventilator case Manifold Screw If not previously installed replace Label 4 places lt t with 1 7 8 Black colored Pan head 12 P N 10918B 4 places The Thermo Conductive Pad beneath the turbine may adhere to the turbine when it is removed or may remain attached to the case If the Thermo Conductive Pad remains attached to the case check it for damage or hardening and replace it if necessary If the Thermo Conductive Pad comes out with the turbine replace it with a new pad p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 81 To re
37. 950 and 1000 Earlier Version Tube Routing Diagrams c c scsscesesseeeseee 8 42 LTV 800 Current and Earlier Tube Routing Diagram c cccscssesssssessseesessesseesessessesseene 8 43 LTV 800 Current and Earlier Tube Routing Diagram 8 44 Alarm Sounder Assembly ccccccseceeneeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeaaeeeeeeesaaeseeaaeeeeeeeeseaeeeeaaesseneeseas 8 45 Analog Board ASSOMDIy ccccseceesceceeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeneeceaeeeeaaeseeaeeseeeesaaesseaaesgeceeseaeesseaaeeseneesaas 8 48 External Inlet Filter wcccccc bis sage ciate kekccea Alea ap ee ce EEE ch eh RERE AAAA 8 51 Fan ASSembly eena Bi cthis sc Met eee E A te ei AL eatian Alben EE E AA 8 52 Cleaning the Fan Filter 0 ccecccceccseeeeseeceeseeceseeecaeeeeaaesseneeeaaeeseaaesseaeeseeeeesaeeseaaesseneesnaees 8 54 Flow Valve Assembly 2 s sc0c0 ceidiviieveslicieidll weieidieied acteeviegeteael ai aaka dai dria 8 55 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page v Front Panel E EE EEE cease Sie Goticencat ct code ie eA en att ee ca me eae aah N EE EETA 8 61 Internal Battery Packat aratati eed edie ed ate dace ee ey 8 66 Internal Inlet Filter 3 ches cia kisi a ieee as ieee a ee A 8 69 Main Board Assembly wisi ccna ele oii bide Aad Gee eave 8 70 Memory Board ccsee eka e A ee Rl el Le 8 74 Checking the O2 Blender when upgrading software ccceecceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 76 Motor Board Assembly s cis c02200i
38. Chirp occurs after alarm Display Illumination 4 C Illuminate for 3 seconds Test Messages 4 D Each message displayed for less than 3 sec Begin Normal Operation 4 E Within 20 seconds of power ON 18327 001 A Addendum 1 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 9 7 TEST DESCRIPTION Volume Operation MEAS VALUE REQUIREMENT PASS FAIL Settings 5 A Volume Mode Assist Ctrl Low Pres O2 Off BPM 12 Tidal Volume 500 Inspiratory Time 1 0 Pressure Support 0 O2 21 Sensitivity 3 High Pressure Limit 100 Low Pressure alarm 5 Low Minute Volume 1 0 PEEP 5 cmH20 Monitors should read as follows Vte 383 to 633 mi LE Ratio 1 3 8 to 1 4 2 f 12 bpm VE 4 6 to 7 6 L No alarms are occurring Alarm Settings Low O Pres alarm 5 B Set O2 to 22 88 Alarm must activate immediately Low Minute Volume alarm 5 C LMV alarm set to 10 Alarm must activate at start of next breath Low Pressure alarm 5 D LP alarm set to 60 cmH20O Alarm must activate at end of the next inspiration High Pressure alarm 5 E HP alarm 10 cmH20 below monitored PIP Alarm must activate on the next breath O Enrichment Oz Inlet pressure 0 80 PSI 0 5 G External O2 monitor 55 to 65 60 j No alarms activate Disc Sense Alarm High side sense line disconnecte
39. Cleaning 4 2 Retainer Collar 4 2 Sterilizing 4 2 EXP HOLD A 1 Expiratory Hold A 1 Extended Features Map E 2 External Accessories Screws Location E 4 External Inlet Filter See Filter External Inlet F Fan Assembly 8 52 Fan Connector 8 65 Fan Filter 4 8 8 52 8 54 See also Fan Assembly Filter External Inlet 4 7 8 54 Fan 4 8 8 52 Internal Inlet 8 69 Oz Inlet 8 86 Final Checkout Test 24 Hr Burn in 9 32 General 9 2 Performance 9 15 Power 9 11 Final Checkout Test Matrix 9 1 FLOW DIFF 6 11 Flow Differential Bi Directional FDb E 15 Flow Differential Calibration 6 11 Flow Differential Narrow FDn E 15 Flow Differential Wide FDw E 15 FLOW TERM 7 2 Flow Valve 4 wire connector 8 98 Assembly 8 55 Calibration 6 25 Connector 8 63 8 65 Current Configuration 8 58 Original Configuration 8 58 Tubing 8 60 VHome setting 6 38 FLOW VALVE 6 37 Flow Valve Differential FVd E 15 Forms Service Record C 1 Page F 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Front Panel 8 63 G General Checkout Worksheet 9 7 H HARD 7 5 Heatsink Pads See Thermo Conductive Pads Help 1 1 8 2 HIGH O2 PRES 7 3 HIGH PRES 7 2 HIGH PRES Alarm Troubleshooting 7 31 HOME ER1 Definition D 9 HP DELAY 7 31 HW FAULT 4 8 7 21 7 33 8 54 HW FAULT Alarm Troubleshooting 7 34 7 35 Input O2 Flow Chart E 6 INSP HOLD A 1 Inspiratory Hold A
40. Current SS Version Power Boards only on Power Board Shown 16 If not previously installed insert and thread two 3 16 hex standoffs P N 11543 into the holes on the main PCBA on each side of the 64 pin header and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm otherwise proceed to the next step va 3 16 Hex Standoffs P 2 places p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 93 17 Slide the solenoid manifold over the threaded mounting stud on the power board Align the solenoid leads with the 14 Mounting JP17 connector on the power board Nat being installed and press the solenoid Purge Solenoids manifold into place 2 Wire Connectors i sr 18 Thread one 1 4 solenoid manifold mounting nut P N 10342 onto the power board mounting stud protruding through the solenoid manifold as shown in the illustration torque tighten to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm and reconnect the two 2 wire connectors to the Current Version Power Board solenoid leads P N 15000 e 2 wire connectors orientation does not matter and only one connector is used on the LTV 800 Mounting Stud _ CAUTION Do not over tighten the mounting screws Over tightening of the mounting screw or nut may result in leaks on the solenoid manifold 19 Place the power board i over the main PCBA z Align the two external 64 Pin Rene T Connectors patent Square External Current Version Power assist and comm port Con
41. D Symbol No to audio signals 5182 Reference IEC Medical Electrical Equipment 2 Edition 1988 Page 1 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chapter 2 VENTILATOR CHECKOUT TESTS This chapter details five test procedures that are initiated through the Vent Check menu and used to verify the proper operation of the LTV Series ventilator These Checkout Tests are to be performed before using the ventilator on a patient and in accordance with recommended periodic maintenance and testing of the ventilator See Chapter 5 Preventative Maintenance The five test procedures are Test Test used to Alarm Test Verify that the audible alarm is working correctly Display Test Verify that the ventilator displays are working correctly Control Test Verify that the ventilator buttons and the Set Value knob are working correctly Leak Test Test the patient circuit for leaks Vent Inop Alarm Test Verify that the Inop alarm is working correctly The Vent Check Menu is set up as follows VENT CHECK ALARM DISPLAY CONTROL LEAK EXIT ZN WARNING Ventilator Checkout and Maintenance Modes The LTV Series ventilator does not deliver gas during the Ventilator Checkout mode VENT CHECK or Ventilator Maintenance mode VENT MTNCE and should not be used to ventilate a patient during these tests p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 1 To enable the Venti
42. Event Trace Data Definitions 00 0 eee cece eter tere eeeeeaeeeaee seas saaesnaeesaeesaaesaesnaeseaeeeaeeeaeee D 9 Appendix E Reference Information cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees E 1 GOnVersioni Factor Sieni Ae ase ee aie aa a ia aiai nave vag ee ee a ia iadaa daan iiin a E 1 Extended Features Maps i icci renin dies aise Stadio ade edd i a ave a E 2 Extended Features Map COntinued ccceceeeeeneee eter ee eeeeeee ee eeaeeeeetaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeeneaa E 3 External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length 0 ccccceceececeeeeesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeseaeenenees E 4 input Os ROW CAM faces fei tie a a E AE A a cedadeaduaualeaile shedslieddaddadsdudecttiastedads E 6 Parts Replacement aiaciecceue ale ges iiin diiad ave as ae eae etd E 8 Settings Dip SwitCh irc svesecsee nii iia heehee levee ia grag i a A adaa iiaa ie E 12 Settings Front Panel Controls and Extended Features cc ccccsscceeesseeeeeeeseeeeeeesseeeeseaaes E 13 TOOIS REGQUITCO PEE TEAT ATE EE cdeviivbvetiacdescavtiel E E 14 Transducer Calibration Acceptable A D Counts ccccccccceecsneeeessneeeeessneeeeessieeeeeeesieeeeneas E 15 TOPQUO VAlU Sreet te esata A seth vnia e EE AEREE ERAEN cect arene R EEEE EARN ENE RA ENEAN ESERE ENE E 16 Appendix F INGOX occ sicisiiisiscniueccrsctveecnanaueccwactdsaceindsenavascudednccsdancuantdancuecddecerana F 1 Page vi LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chap
43. Failed auto zero Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass flexible tube Failed calibration Verify the sensitivity is set to an appropriate value For a high leak environment the sensitivity may need to be set higher to prevent auto cycling Check for and correct airway circuit leaks Make sure all circuit accessories are properly connected Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Verify the control values are appropriately set Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass flexible tube is leaking replace it Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance
44. Install in circuit Connector Do Not Remove this side up i Low Pressure Gb Wom vA High Pressure Ventilator Patient oe lt i t9 Circuit j Exhalation Valve Body Diaphragm Spring x gp gt X g Short Exhalation Circuit __Exhalation Valve Tab Retainer Collar i i R Tab Cavity PEEP Valve Do Not Remove With PEEP Valve Caution Install in circuit 22 Proximal Sense Lines thig skdo iip mm Do Not Remove Connector Low Pressure MY Sn High Pressure To oe WD Ventilator Patient To Circuit Patient Diaphragm GX Wye Short Exhalation Circuit Exhalation Valve Body b Ta we Tab Cavity Do Not Exhalation Valve Cap Remove PEEPLess Valve Cap p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 4 3 LTV 800 Patient Circuits Caution 22mm Patient Pressure Install in circuit Connector Sense Line this side up A Y Proximal 5 A Connector a yy oo Not Remove To Dos Ventilator aie Circuit Ww spp X Short slates i Exhalation Valve Body Diaphragm Spring i Circuit D R Exhalation Valve Tab Retainer Collar Ke Tab Cavity PEEP Valve Do Not Remove With PEEP Valve Caution Install in circuit Patient Pressure this sidyup 22mm Sense Line Connector NA Proximal ee Connector Do Not Remove Circuit Patient Diaphragm i rY Short Exhalation Circuit Exhalation Valve Body Tab wo Tab Cavity Exh
45. LED Not tested Low Pressure alarm Red Charge Status LED Not tested Low Minute Volume alarm Red Battery Level LED Amber On Standby LED Green Vent Inop LED Not tested Volume Mode LED Green Silence Reset LED Red If the ventilator fails the Display Test see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information Not applicable to the LTV 900 or 800 Applicable to the LTV 1000 only Page 2 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Contro Test At the end of the Display test CONTROL shows in the LED display window The Control Test is used to verify that the ventilator buttons and the Set Values knob are working correctly To run the Control Test 1 Press the Select button while CONTROL is displayed Select Button Display Area CONTROL is displayed 2 SELECT is displayed in the display window Select Button Display Area SELECT is displayed Airway Pressure cmH20 Tidal vare aga sage Time SA IBEBE BB BB E E EE p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 7 Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators 3 Test each control by pressing every button one at a time When each one is pressed verify that the name of the button is displayed in the display window Control names are as shown in the table below Control Display Display Select SELECT Breath Rate BREATH RATE Ti
46. Low Pressure alarm applies to 120 Not applicable on LTV 900 and 800 121 Not applicable on LTV 800 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page A 2 p n 10665 Rev H Alarms cont Fixed Alarms Control Default Settings DISC SENSE Low Pressure Sense Line Disconnect LTV 1000 950 amp 900 DISC SENSE High Pressure Sense Line Disconnect LTV 1000 950 amp 900 DISC SENSE Patient Pressure Sense Line Disconnect LTV 800 External Power Lost Hardware Fault Internal Battery Empty Internal Battery Low Oxygen Inlet Pres High Oxygen Inlet Pres Low Reset Transducer Fault Range EEPROM problem detected Positive exhaled airway flow during first 200 ms of inspiration and exhaled tidal volume Vte of previous breath is more than 4000 ml Airway pressure changes by lt 1 cmH20 during 200 ms after inspiratory start OR After initial 200 ms of inspiration airway pressure drops below 0 125 cmH20 and can t be raised more than 0 5 cmH20 in next 500 ms Airway pressure changes by lt 1 cmH20 during 200 ms after inspiratory start OR After initial 200 ms of inspiration airway pressure drops below 0 125 cmH20 and can t be raised more than 0 5 cmH20 in next 500 ms lt 9 5V Hardware problem detected lt 11 5V lt 11 9V High pres source 75 PSIG Low pres source 10 PSIG lt 35 PSIG Processor problem detected Auto zero value outside man
47. Page D 9 Page D 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Appendix E REFERENCE INFORMATION Conversion Factors The following Reference Conversion Table provides conversion factors for converting between units To use this table Move across the table to find the starting unit of measure Move down the table to reach the ending unit of measure Multiply the starting unit of measure value by the number provided 14 5039 Millibar Hectopascal 1 4504 x 10 IN HG at 02 C 0 491159 IN H2O at 4 C 3 6127 x 10 mmHG at O C 1 933368 x 10 mmH O at 4 C cmH O at 4 C 1 4223 x 10 1x 10 3 3865 x 10 2 4908 x 10 1 3332 x 10 9 8068 x 10 Millibar Hectopascal IN HG at 0 C IN H2O at 4 C mmHG at O C 27 680 51 7149 0 40147 0 75006 33 865 2 4908 1 3332 0 53525 3 9372 x 10 0 98068 0 39372 0 735558 mmH 0 at 4 C 703 08 10 197 cmH O at 4 C 70 3 p n 10665 Rev H 1 0197 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 1 Extended Features Map i3 Extended Features Alarm Operations Alarm Volume Vol xx dBA Vol Exit Apnea Interval Apnea xx sec Apnea Exit High Pressure Alarm Delay No Delay Delay 1 Brth Delay 2 Brth Delay Exit LPP Alarm All Breaths VC PC Only LPP Exit High f
48. Panel 10114 1 e Overlay Panel English 10114 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese 10114 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish 10114 4 e Overlay Panel Portuguese 10114 8 LTV 1000 with I E Hold e Switch Membrane Panel 11406 1 e Overlay Panel English 11406 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese 11406 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish 11406 4 e Overlay Panel German 11406 5 e Overlay Panel French 11406 6 e Overlay Panel Italian 11406 7 e Overlay Panel Portuguese 11406 8 e Overlay Panel Norwegian 11406 10 e Overlay Panel Russian 11406 12 e Pad Memory PCBA Secure 10597 e Pad Motor PCBA Thermo Conductive 11441 e Pad Turbine Thermo Conductive 10129 e PCBA Analog LTV 1000 10136 e PCBA Analog LTV 900 950 10643 e PCBA Analog LTV 800 11803 e PCBA Main 10133 e PCBA Motor 10135 002 e PCBA Power 15000 e PCBA Programmed Memory 17476 001 e Screw 1 3 4 Pan head 10434 e Screw 1 7 8 Black colored Pan head 10918B e Screw 1 4 Flat head 10430 e Screw 1 4 Pan head 10435 e Screw 3 16 Pan head 14372 e Screw 3 4 Pan head 10500 e Screw 1 Flat head 10338 e Screw 1 4 Green colored Pan head 10435G e Screw 5 8 Flat head 10499 Page E 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Replacement Part Name Part Number e Screw 5 8 Yellow colored Pan head 10437Y e Screw 7 16 Pan head 10433 e Screw 7 8 Red colored Pan head 10607R e Screw 1 8 Flat head 14498 e S
49. Press momentarily To enter the Ventilator Checkout menu 1 Push the Select button 2 The first Ventilator Checkout Test ALARM is displayed Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 3 Alarm Test The alarm test verifies that the audible alarm is working correctly To run the alarm test 1 Press the Select button while ALARM is displayed 2 Verify that the audible alarm is sounded 3 When the alarm has sounded for at least 2 seconds push the Select button again e The audible alarm is silenced and the next menu item is displayed Display Area Select Button ALARM is displayed Airway Pressure cmH20 ig de na paama E Feeya SE BEBE HEEN B E oe f ome ee e E a BoeoG el 4 Verify a confirming audible chirp occurs after the alarm is silenced Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators If the ventilator fails the alarm test see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information Page 2 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Display Test At the end of the Alarm test DISPLAY shows in the LED display window The display test verifies that the ventilator displays are working correctly To run the Display Test 1 Press the Select button while DISPLAY is showing
50. Pressing Select while the item is displayed displays additional transducer data Display Real Time Data AP xx xx mH20 Airway pressure as measured at the patient wye using the high side proximal sense line FDb xx xx mH20 Not on LTV 800 Flow differential pressure as measured at the patient wye using the bi directional transducer Differential pressure is measured between the high and low side proximal sense lines FDw xXX XX mH20 Not on LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H Flow differential pressure as measured at the patient wye using the wide scale transducer Differential pressure is measured between the high and low side proximal sense lines LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 3 1 Display Real Time Data FDn xx xx mH20 Not on LTV 800 Flow differential pressure as measured at the patient wye using the narrow scale transducer Differential pressure is measured between the high and low side proximal sense lines The narrow scale transducer is only used for differential pressures between 0 35 cmH20 and 0 35 cmH O approximately 15 Lom to 15 Lpm FTw xx xx Lpm or FTn xx xx Lpm Not on LTV 800 Flow in Lpm calculated from the differential pressure measured at the patient wye When the value is calculated using the wide scale differential pressure FTw is displayed When the value is calculated using the narrow scale differential pressure FTn is displayed When Le
51. Pulmonetic Systems Website http www pulmonetic com p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page C 1 This page left deliberately blank Page C 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Send this completed form to See 24 2 gt Ee Toll Free Phone 800 754 1914 Ext 2 17400 Medina Road Suite 100 Direct 763 398 8500 Ext 2 Minneapolis MN 55447 1341 Fax 763 398 8403 LTV Service Record Date of Service Serial No Model Service Technician RMA Number Service Company Usage Hours LTV Owner City State Country Symptoms reported by customer Resolution to customer reported problem LIST EACH PROBLEM AND RESOLUTION INDIVIDUALLY Problem 1 identified during service Resolution 1 Problem 2 identified during service Resolution 2 Problem 3 identified during service Resolution 3 Problem 4 identified during service Resolution 4 Additional Notes If additional space is needed record of additional pages attached here Tech review CC review Date Initials Date Initials Appendix C LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Sample of Service Form 17701 001 Rev B
52. Recovery from problem detected with RAC ERRO 70 primary and or redundant audible alarm HW FAULT circuitry RAC ERR Seca Onn RUNAWAY 58 Code runaway detected RESET SET DATE 53 Date set N A SET TIME 54 Time set N A SNDRERRO 72 Recovery from alarm sounder error HW FAULT SNDRERR1 71 Alarm sounder error HW FAULT STACK 56 Stack overflow detected RESET SYNCERO 37 Stepper motor lost sync exited HW FAULT SYNCER1 36 Stepper motor lost sync occurred HW FAULT TBN ESTP 46 Turbine emergency stop occurred HIGH PRES TBN HSTP 66 Turbine Hold Stop occurred HIGH PRES TBN ISTP 44 Turbine immediate stop occurred HIGH PRES TBN ZERO 45 Turbine set to zero flow occurred HIGH PRES VENT 0 02 Power off None VENT 1 01 Power on None VENT CHK 04 Set vent check Entered VENT CHECK mode WDOG TST 59 Watchdog test run Inop XDC FLTO 20 XDCR fault exited XDCR FAULT XDC FLT1 19 XDCR fault occurred XDCR FAULT XDCR AIR 64 Airway pressure transducer fault XDC FLT1 Differential pr re tran r xOCR 8 San OC FLT OCR NAR er eae xoc FLT xOCR WID a xoc FLT N A 55 Not used N A 30 Not used N A 29 Not used N A 07 Not used N A 73 Reserved for future use N A 74 Reserved for future use N A 75 Reserved for future use N A 76 Reserved for future use N A 77 Reserved for future use N A 78 Reserved for future use N A 79 Reserved for future use N A 80 Reserved for future use N A 81 Reserved for future use p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Servi
53. Select xx EyCz is displayed XX is the chronological number of the event occurrence y is the event code number of the event z is the quantity of events a quantity of 1 is displayed in the initial occurrence recording and a quantity of 2 or more in the secondary occurrence recordings of the same type of event 130 For downloading the Event Trace to a PC a Service Cable P N 11485 is available The cable may be ordered separately or as part of the Maintenance and Calibration Kit P N 11566 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page D 1 5 Press Select and xx eventdate is displayed XX is the chronological number of the event occurrence eventdate is the date of the event the date of the first occurrence is displayed in the initial occurrence recordings and the date of the latest occurrence in the secondary occurrence recordings of the same type of event 6 Press Select again xx hh mmiss is displayed XX is the chronological number of the event occurrence hh mm ss isthe time of the first occurrence the time of the first occurrence is displayed in the initial occurrence recordings and the time of the latest occurrence in the secondary occurrence recordings of the same type of event 7 Press Select xx data is displayed XX is the chronological number of the event occurrence data is the data associated with the event the data associated with the first occurrence is displayed in the initial occurr
54. Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Checkout Test Failures Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do ALARM Test Audible alarm too loud Alarm volume set too high Set the alarm volume under the Extended Features Menu See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the ALARM VOL feature ALARM Test Audible alarm too soft Alarm volume set too low Defective alarm sounder Set the alarm volume under the Extended Features Menu See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the ALARM VOL feature Replace the alarm sounder See Chapter 8 Alarm Sounder Assembly for instructions Alarm sounder blocked Check the alarm sounder opening in the right side of the ventilator to verify the opening is not blocked ALARM Test Alarm does not sound Alarm Test Confirming audible chirp does not sound Alarm sounder blocked Check the alarm sounder opening in the right side of the ventilator to verify the opening is not blocked Alarm sounder disconnected Open the back of the ventilator and verify the alarm sounder is properly connected See Chapter 8 Alarm Sounder Assembly for instructions Defective alarm sounder Replace the alarm sounder See Chapter 8 Alarm Sounder Assembly for instructions Defective power board Ventilator does not have power board P N 15000 installed Audible
55. Temperature TS xxxx rpm Turbine Speed O2 xx xx PSI O2 Inlet Pressure BV xx xx VOLTS Internal Battery Voltage EV xx xx VOLTS External Battery Voltage Rt Exit Event Trace xxx Eventname Event Print Event Exit Ventilator Checkout Tests Alarm Test Display Test Control Test Leak Test Vent Inop Alarm Test not displayed Exit LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Ventilator Maintenance Calibration Airway Flow Differential Valve Differential O2 Inlet Motor Drive Cal Exit Servo Servo Off Servo On Solenoid ExhPilot Off or On Purge Off or On Apres Off or On ExhDiffP Off or On O2 1 Off or On O2 2 Off or On O2 3 Off or On O2 4 Off or On Exit Step Test Pass x Fail x Wdog Test Config Model LTV 1000 LTV 900 LTV 950 LTV 800 LTV Exit Flow Valve VHome xxx VHome Exit Temp Comp Tcomp On Tcomp Off Tcomp Exit Analog Board xxxxx Rev x or Analog Exit Serial Num S N xxxxxx O2 Blender P N 10051 P N 15079 Exit Config Exit Clear CLR Events CLR Controls CLR Cal CLR Bad Rec CLR All CLR Exit Exit Page E 3 External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length As new features and accessories are made available for the Ltv Series ventilators the number of possible ventilator configurations and modifications to ventilator configurations
56. Variable Flow Termination Variable Rise Time Variable Time Termination Bias Flow LTV 1000 950 amp 900 Bias Flow LTV 800 Alarms Variable Alarms Control Range 1 to 99 cmH20 On Off 1 to 60 cmH 0 01 01 1998 to 12 31 2097 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 1 to 9 Lpm 2 cmH20 to 20 cmH20 50 to 2000 ml 10 to 40 1to9 0 3 to 3 0 sec 10 Lpm during exhalation 2 Lpm during exhalation Range Tolerance 2 cmH O or 8 whichever is greater steady state only n a 2 cmH20 or 8 whichever is greater steady state only n a n a 1 0 5 Lpm for setting of 1 1 Lpm for all other settings 1 2 cmH20 10 or 10 ml whichever is greater for temperatures from 20 C to 30 C only standard atmospheric pressure 15 or 2 Lpm whichever is greater 0 1 to 1 0 sec 0 1 sec 10 or 1 Lpm whichever is greater 1 Lpm Tolerance Apnea Interval High Pressure Limit HP Alarm Delay 10 to 60 seconds 5 to 100 cmH20 No Delay 1 Breath 2 Breaths 0 5 seconds 5 to 20 cmH20 2 cmH20 21to100cmH20 4cmH O Only audible portion of alarm notification is delayed 0 1 to 99 liters 15 or the measured total breath rate times 15 ml whichever is greater 2 to 20 cmH20 2 cmH20 21 to 60 cmH20 4 cmH20 Low Minute Volume Low Peak Pressure 1 to 60 cmH2O0 LPP alarm All Breaths VC PC Only Select breath types
57. Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of Control Limiting A display or LED does Wrong model selected If an incorrect model is selected the not illuminate following controls may not be lit and will not operate Volume Pressure Mode Pressure Control 02 Low Pressure O2 Source Verify the model number selected in VENT MTNCE MODEL matches the model number on the front of the ventilator See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions Misaligned LED If displays are operating but misaligned remove the main board and realign the LEDs or displays See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Defective LED or display If a display is not operating during the display test replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Defective main board 33 LTV 1000 only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 3 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Ventilator is running Displays are blanked while but displays are on battery power turned off To conserve battery life while running from the internal battery most of the displays are turned off when no changes are made to the control settings for 60 seconds To turn the displays back on touch any control or button or turn the Set Value knob Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions A cont
58. Xducer Xducer Xducer Xducer EM AY ff ABA Xb os 3 Lot e j pea Autozero 2 Exhalation Valve Flow Xducer Accumulator Silencer THEE Inlet TTL Filter Silencer a Sd K Q HH 7 Relief Valve 02 Blender LTV 1000 only ee cS O Sub Ambient T m LTV 900 950 and 1000 Pneumatic Schematic Detail Differential Pres Xducer TAN MI AK Accumulator Silencer ELTETITET MELEE TIELII Inlet TEPEP TERETE TEPEE TEETER Filter Silencer Le K Flow Valve B a 4 gun Restrictor Ae y Low Pressure Bas i 02 Inlet e Sub Ambient 7 Relief Valve LTV 800 Pneumatic Schematic Detail p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 3 Vent Maintenance These ventilator maintenance tests are used to verify the ventilator is working correctly to troubleshoot problems with ventilator operation and performance and to perform maintenance procedures such as calibration Note To ensure the advantage of all new features and reliability improvements Pulmonetic Systems requires that the LTV ventilator s operating software be at or higher than version 3 13 when performing any Maintenance and Calibration processes or Component Removal and Replacement procedures To upgrade the ventilator s operating software see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement Memory Board page 8 74 The maintenance menu is set up
59. and is updated every 10 seconds Minimum Exhalation Time The minimum time required for exhalation is 250 msec Control settings are limited to ensure the Minimum Exhalation Time is provided Breaths may not be triggered during the Minimum Exhalation Time Minimum Inspiratory Time The minimum time required for inspiration is 300 msec Control settings are limited to ensure the Minimum Inspiratory Time is provided Minute Volume monitored VE msec The average volume delivered to the patient for the last 60 seconds VE is updated at the end of each breath and is calculated based on the last 8 breaths All breath types are included One one thousandth of a second Nm Newton meters A measurement of torque equivalent to 0 007062 inch ounces Non Volatile Memory Memory that is retained when ventilator is in Standby mode or powered off O2 Oxygen Patient Breath A Pressure Support or Spontaneous breath that is initiated by the patient controlled by the ventilator and terminated by the patient Patient breaths may occur in SIMV and CPAP ventilation modes Patient Effort Any inspiratory effort by the patient Peak Inspiratory Pressure monitored PIP The maximum circuit pressure occurring during the inspiration and first 300 ms exhalation phase of a breath PIP is measured at the patient wye PEEP See Positive End Expiratory Pressure PIP See Peak Inspirato
60. and then down so the screw seats slip into the mating holes in the bottom of the flow valve assembly 8 Ifthe flow valve assembly being installed is VHome 220 20 e Attach the terminal connector of the Thermistor Cable P N 11399 with the orientation crimp side down as shown below Orient Thermistor Cable Terminal Connector on Flow Valve as shown a Cutaway View of Flow Valve Note If the flow valve assembly being installed does not have a VHome position in the range of 220 20 do not install a Thermistor Cable p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 57 9 Carefully route the Thermistor Cable through the tubing through the notch in the analog PCBA and connect it to JP8 on the power board If the flow valve being installed has a VHome value of 200 240 and the power board does not have a header in the JP8 position then the power board should be replaced with one that does have the necessary header Thermistor Cable on Notch in Analog PCBA Power PCBA Flow Valve Connector Note Make certain the Thermistor Cable does not interfere with the flow valve operation and that it does not strain the tubing connected to the solenoid manifold and analog PCBA 10 Replace the 2 screws into the flow valve assembly Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 11 Loop the bypass tubing into the space between the bottom of the manifold and the bottom edge of the upper weldment so th
61. as follows VENT MTNCE CALIBRATION SERVO SOLENOID STEP TEST WDOG TEST CONFIG CLEAR EXIT Page 6 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Vent Maintenance Entry ZN WARNING Ventilator Checkout and Maintenance Modes The LTV Series ventilator does not deliver gas during the ventilator Checkout mode VENT CHECK or ventilator Maintenance mode VENT MTNCE and should not be used to ventilate a patient during these tests The Ventilator Maintenance menu is not enabled when the ventilator is powered up normally To enable the Ventilator Maintenance menu 1 Turn the ventilator off 2 Remove the back panel of the ventilator For instructions see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement 3 Locate dip switch 5 and set it to ON towards the inside of the ventilator a a sree ee Switches lt n wa k A SS e ry h a a po s x g 250 SSS H KS TSS H s y i LL A DIP Switch 20 la 5 wo or d ke ON a pe 4 Turn the ventilator on Vent Maintenance Entry Alarm When you power the ventilator on in Vent Maintenance mode REMOVE PTNT is displayed and the audible alarm sounds to remind you to remove the patient from the ventilator and use an alternate method of ventilation The ventilator should be calibrated in DATA mode to leverage the unique code and timers that make test results more consistent To clear the REMOVE PTNT alarm 1 Press the Silence R
62. attach the power board and or the Pigtail cable assembly to the side panel from the outside retain and the balance are located on the face of the board See illustration below 9 For ventilators previously equipped with a power connector shield assembly remove and discard the shield by pulling it straight up and out of the ventilator Battery Cache or f Power Board Mounting Screw 2a Power Connector Shield Assembly i If previously installed remove and discard c9 Battery Cache Board Earlier Version Power Board Shown 1 4 Flat head SZ y retain for re installation p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 91 10 For ventilators equipped with a pigtail cable assembly e The electrical connector interface bracket is not connected to the power board and is removed by pulling it straight up and off the power board connectors and the molded strain relief portion of the pigtail cable assembly e Disconnect the 4 wire pigtail cable assembly connector from JP6 on the power board and slide the pigtail cable assembly out of the keyed round hole of the upper weldment and set aside Electrical Connector Interface Bracket Connector Pigtail Cable Assembly 11 Insert a power PCB separator tool P N 11599 into the gap between the edge of the power board and the turbine manifold at the approximate mid point of the 64 pin connector see Detail illustr
63. cable assembly so the grooved side of the molded strain relief is facing up as shown below a Groove Molded Tepai Side Strain iss Down Relief t 1 _Cylindrical_ Connector Pigtail Cable Assembly p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 95 25 Insert the cylindrical connector end of a pigtail cable assembly over the power board and through the keyed round hole of the upper weldment from the inside of the upper weldment Slide the pigtail cable assembly through the hole in the upper weldment until the strain relief on the pigtail cable assembly protrudes through the keyed round hole in the upper weldment Grooved Side of Molded Strain Relief Facing Up Current Version Power Board Shown 26 Slide the electrical connector interface bracket down through the recess in the molded strain relief of the pigtail cable assembly Electrical Connector Interface Bracket Connector Pigtail Cable lt Assembly 27 Insert and thread two 1 4 flat head screws P N 10430 through holes in the left sidewall of the upper weldment and into the threaded bosses on the electrical connector interface bracket Torque tighten both screws to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 1 4 Flat head 2 Screws 28 Plug the 4 wire connector of the pigtail cable assembly onto the JP6 connector on the power board Fold the wires of the pigtail cable assembly back toward the cavity for the internal battery
64. cmH O Pinch the clamp near the syringe to hold the pressure steady Front Patient Pressure Patient Pressure Barbed Fitting ae Sense Line Exhalation Drive Line Exhalation Valve Barbed Fitting Drive Line ac LTV 800 Ventilators Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Work Sheet on page 6 24 e AP 0 yH20 is displayed With the LTV Series ventilators high and low pressure sense lines or the LTV 800 ventilator Patient Pressure sense line disconnected from the side of the vent so that the p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 9 connection s are open to ambient room air observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select 7 Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the calibration worksheet e For LTV Series ventilators FLOW DIFF is displayed if the calibration was successful e For LTV 800 ventilators VALVE DIFF is displayed if the calibration was successful 8 If CAL FAIL appears at any time press Select to exit the calibration When AIRWAY is displayed press Select and perform the calibration again Page 6 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Differential Calibration To perform the flow differential calibration y
65. diagrams and descriptions illustrate the major components of the ventilator and their respective functions Microprocessor Control System 02 Pres Xducer Inlet Filter Flow Sensor LTV 1000 Only Accumulator lls Silencer MALLELTLER ir Sj Teereetieray Compressor aL Turbine Oxygen Blender Subambient Relief Valve LTV 900 950 and 1000 Pneumatic Schematic Block Diagram Microprocessor Control System Airway Pres Exhalation Xducer Accumulator Silencer Inlet Filter Rotary Compressor Patient Pressure Senso Turbine Over Pres Subambient Relief Relief Valve Valve LTV 800 Pneumatic Schematic Block Diagram p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 1 Room air enters the ventilator through a flexible foam Inlet filter After exiting the filter the air enters an Accumulator Silencer where it mixes with oxygen delivered from the Oxygen Blender In addition this chamber provides acoustic silencing to reduce the Rotary Compressor input noise Mixed gas then enters the Rotary Compressor Turbine where energy is added to the gas stream as required to meet the pressure and flow delivery requirements of the current ventilation settings Gas exiting the Rotary Compressor Turbine output port enters another Silencer This chamber dampens acoustic noise from the Rotary Compressor Turbine Upon exiting the silencing chamber the gas flow splits in two paths Ga
66. ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 18 LTM mounting assembly re installation current LTMS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 8 18 LTM mounting assembly re installation current LTMS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 8 19 LTM mounting assembly installation current LTMS c ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 8 21 LTM LTV mounting bracket earlier Model LTMS scescsssessessesssssessssessesseesessesseesesseene 8 24 LTM LTV mounting bracket temporary removal earlier model LTMs ceseeeeeee 8 25 LTM LTV mounting bracket permanent removal earlier model LTMS cesseeeeeee 8 26 LTM LTV mounting bracket reinstallation for earlier Model LTMs essesseseseseeee 8 27 LTM LTV mounting bracket installation earlier Model LTM sc sescssessssessesesseesesseeee 8 29 Back Panel E R E O danas sil auesyenadccesds ancetens tact auansd ateedsd acveyedaadeenauhist ea E 8 31 Back Panel Removals nionane eana a aa 8 31 Dovetail Mounting Bracket Replacement ccccceeceeeeseeceeeeeseeeeeaaeseeeeeeeaeeesaeeeeneesaas 8 32 Back Panel ReiInStallation cccccccsssssseececeeeceaneesceceeeseesseseeceeeeeauaesseceeeesauegseeeeeseeaeenaees 8 35 Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations cceccccseceeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeaeeseeeeeseeeesnaeeneneees 8 39 LTV 900 950 and 1000 Current Version Tube Routing Diagrams c cccseseeeeen 8 40 LTV 900
67. for at least 20 minutes prior to beginning the calibration procedures Page 6 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Calibrate the Airway Pressure Transducers 1 2 4 6 Press the Select button while AIRWAY is displayed AP 50 yH 0 is displayed Disconnect the sense lines from the side of the ventilator e For LTV Series ventilators disconnect the High and Low pressure sense lines e For the LTV 800 ventilator disconnect the Patient Pressure sense line For LTV 1000 950 and 900 ventilators connect the Male Luer Fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly to the High Pressure Female Luer Fitting on the ventilator Pinch the clamp on the low pressure side between the Calibration Syringe assembly and the female Luer fitting Increase to and maintain the pressure at 50 0 cmH20O 0 2 cmH2O the clamp near the syringe to hold the pressure steady Fro High Pressure High Pressure Sense Line Female Luer Fitting with Male Luer Fitting Low Pressure Low Pressure Sense Line Male Luer Fitting H with Female Luer Fitting Exhalation Drive Line i Barbed Fitting Exhalation Valve Drive Line Bac LTV Series Ventilators For LTV 800 ventilators connect the tube from the Calibration Syringe assembly Luer fitting removed to the Patient Pressure barb fitting on the ventilator Pinch the clamp on the exhalation valve drive line Increase to and maintain the pressure at 50 0 cmH20O 0 2
68. from the shield out of the way to remove the motor board 3 Disconnect the flexible tubes from the right edge of the solenoid manifold 6 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Power PCBA w DC Cord Replacement Kit P N 11590 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Power PCBA w Memory Board Replacement Kit P N 14425 The Power PCB Separator tool is available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 Page 8 90 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Note Prior to disconnecting or removing any of the tubes review the Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations table and diagrams see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Identify the diagram for tube routing configuration that exists in the ventilator being serviced Refer to this diagram when reconnecting the tubes to the current configuration 4 Disconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector 8 wire O2 blender and 2 wire sounder connectors from the power board 5 Remove the two screws that attach the analog board to the power board and move the analog board out of the way see instructions on page 8 49 6 For ventilators equipped with a battery cache board mounted on an earlier version power board remove the battery cache board mounting screw otherwise proceed to the next step 7 Remove the alarm sounder see instructions on page 8 45 8 Remove the power board mounting screws 2 screws
69. has also increased Damage to internal components of the ventilator can result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when permanently or temporarily removing or exchanging external accessories Refer to the information on the following page to determine the appropriate external accessories mounting screws or accessories replacement mounting screws location type and length to use when removing or exchanging external accessories on an LTV Series ventilator ZN WARNING Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used Page E 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV External Accessories Mounting Screws Location Type amp Length Reference Pulmonetic Systems Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 LTV Ventilator Final Configuration Desired Screw Screw Washer Location Description Used O 3 14 Flathead Ventilator with no external accessories installed om ee 1 4 ee 2 1 4 Pan head DE 71 ae Panhead None Q 3 3 8 Pan head None Ventilator with LTV LTM Mounting Bracket installed 6 1 4 Flat head 2 3 8 Pan head_ None O 1 site Panhead None Q 3 1 4 Flathead None Ventilator with Protective Boots installed 6 1 2 Flat head Finish washer Ref P N 11509 for installation instructions 2 3 8 Flat head LO Flathead 4 Earlier version LTV ventilator screw location 3 Current ver
70. is a numeric value The Phase A amp meter will show a negative value Turn the Set Value knob on the ventilator right or left until the amp meter reads 600ma or as close as possible Record the numeric value that was displayed in the window on the Calibration Worksheet and press Select B 600ma xxx is displayed where the xxx is a numeric value Set the calibration tool to B The Phase B amp meter will show a positive value Turn the Set Value knob on the ventilator right or left until the amp meter reads 600ma or as close as possible Record the numeric value that was displayed in the window on the Calibration Worksheet and press Select B 600ma xxx is displayed where the xxx is a numeric value The Phase B amp meter will show a negative value Turn the Set Value knob on the ventilator right or left until the amp meter reads 600ma or as close as possible Record the numeric value that was displayed in the window on the Calibration Worksheet and press Select CAL EXIT is displayed if the calibration was successful Turn the test tool to open Power the unit off and disconnect the AC from the unit Disconnect the test tool connections from the vent and reconnect the 4 wire flow valve cable to the motor board If CAL FAIL appears at any time press Select to exit the calibration When MOTOR DRIVE is displayed press Select and perform the calibration again Page 6 20 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 R
71. mounting bracket as shown in the illustration and align its three counter bored holes to the corresponding PEM nuts on the bracket 6 Insert three mounting block screws use a 7 64 Allen wrench and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm Page 8 30 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Back Panel Back Panel Removal 1 If installed remove the LTV protective boots see instructions on page 8 5 and the LTM LTV mounting bracket see instructions on page 8 25 2 Turn the ventilator face down Remove the 6 flat head screws and gray finish washers from the right and left sides of the ventilator as shown 3 from each side 3 Remove the 3 flat head screws from the top of the ventilator as shown Louvers Grounding Clip 3 places Finish Washer P O i ne A N 6 places C Q Screw Sy s be 6 places 114 Screw S W 3 places 5 4 Lift the back panel off by separating the back panel at the top edge pulling up gently and sliding the bottom edge out from under the connecting upper Weldment edge at the bottom of the case Remove the back panel carefully so the long tab extending to the oxygen blender is not bent or damaged 5 Turn the back panel on edge and set it beside the ventilator the battery cable connecting the back to the power board is still attached 6 To completely free the back panel disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board p n 10665
72. oz 0 42 Nm Socket head Screw 3 places I Pan head Screw places y Pan head S E fe Screw Pa 3 places Ea p Upper Half earlier version LTV SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE 5 INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS aruma Lower Half current version LTV Secon Page 8 28 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTMALTV mounting bracket installation earlier model LTM Parts Required for Installation Tools required e LTM LTV mounting block 1 P N 11146 e Phillips screwdriver e LTM LTV mounting bracket 1 P N 11125 with torque meter e Replacement screws kit P N 11149 e 7 64 Allen wrench To install the LTM LTV mounting bracket If LTV protective boots are installed on the ventilator the upper boot must be removed in order to mount the LTM LTV mounting bracket See page 8 7 for instructions 1 Lay the disconnected ventilator on a clean dry surface use a Philips screwdriver and remove the five back panel mounting screws as shown in the illustration below 4 gt 2 Orient the ventilator and mounting bracket as shown in the illustration on the next page position the bracket on the ventilator and align its screw slots with the corresponding screw holes in the ventilator back panel 52 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems LTM to LTV Mount Assembly Kit P N 11003 53 See Appendix E R
73. patient perform the External Power Disconnect test e Verify the Vte or VE monitor e Verify airway pressure or PIP monitor e Verify O2 delivery LTV 1000 only see Appendix A for accuracies To clean the air inlet filter see Chapter 4 Cleaning and Sterilization To clean the fan filter see Chapter 4 Cleaning and Sterilization To run the Ventilator Checkout Tests see Chapter 2 Ventilator Checkout Tests Use existing patient settings or the settings given under General Checkout in Chapter 9 Page 5 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H ZN WARNING Qualified technicians Only service technicians who have been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems are qualified to perform the 10 000 and 30 000 hour maintenance on the LTV series ventilators Do not attempt to perform service on the ventilator unless you have been properly trained to do so personal injury could result Refer all servicing and repair to Pulmonetic Systems Inc or an authorized service center 10 000 Hour 2 Year Maintenance After every 10 000 hours or 2 years of operation do the following e Perform all items on the Monthly hour maintenance list e Calibrate the transducers e Replace the internal battery pack e Replace the motor board e Clean or replace the interior air inlet filter e Clean or replace the Oz inlet filter To calibrate the transducers see Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration To replac
74. present The presence of nitrous oxide or flammable anesthetics presents a danger to the patient and operator Untrained Personnel Only properly trained personnel should operate the ventilator The LTV Series ventilator is a restricted medical device designed for use by Respiratory Therapists or other properly trained and qualified personnel under the direction of a physician and in accordance with applicable state laws and regulations Unauthorized Parts or Accessories Serious harm to the patient may result from the use of unauthorized parts or accessories Only items expressly approved by Pulmonetic Systems may be used in conjunction with the LTV Series ventilators Ventilator Checkout Tests Be aware that gas is not delivered to the patient during these tests Disconnect the patient from the ventilator and ventilate the patient using an alternative method before running the Ventilator Checkout tests Ventilator Checkout and Maintenance Modes The LTV Series ventilator does not deliver gas during the Ventilator Checkout mode VENT CHECK or Ventilator Maintenance mode VENT MTNCE and should not be used to ventilate a patient during these tests Mounting Screw Use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if wrong length mounting screws are used to secure parts or accessories Refer to the information contained in Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 to determine the appropriate accessories mounting screws or accessories
75. rotating the knob left and right Leave the Select button until last D Leak Ventilator and circuit must pass the leak test remove the test lung and occlude patient wye E Vent Inop alarm Power down the ventilator Audible alarm must sound and Vent Inop LED must illuminate continuously for at least 15 seconds after powering down the ventilator Confirming audible Chirp must activate after alarm is silenced Power the ventilator up and observe the POST tests All POST tests must complete normally A Audible alarm is on for 1 second B Confirming audible Chirp occurs after alarm C All displays except Vent Inop are lit for 3 seconds 73 The Patient Assist Cables are available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 Page 9 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H D The POST messages are flashed in the message window e CPU e SRAM e INT VECTOR e ROMCRC e EEPROM E When the POST tests are successfully passed ventilation begins within 20 seconds Power down the ventilator 4 Disconnect the ventilator from all external power sources Power the ventilator up from the internal battery and observe the POST tests All POST tests must complete normally A Audible alarm is on for 1 second B Confirming audible Chirp occurs after alarm C All displays except External Power Charge Status and Vent Inop are lit for 3 seconds D The POST
76. ry ooo aelawimusnbe 10205 Lom e 02 must be 30 3 B Set flow to 10 turbine speed to 5000 e LTV 950 amp 900 Flow must be 10 and 0 to 90 O Inlet to 50 PSI 1 0 Lpm e LTV 1000 Flow must be 10 0 5 Lom e 0 must be 90 5 C Set flow to 50 turbine speed to 4000 e Flow must be 50 7 5 Lpm and Oz to 60 Oz Inlet to 60 PSI e 0 must be 60 5 D Set flow to 90 turbine speed to 7000 e Flow must be 90 13 5 Lpm Inl PSI and 0 to 90 Oz Inlet to 50 PS e O gt must be 90 5 E Return flow setting to 10 Lom 9 Perform a Solenoids Test A Set the step position to100 e Pressure at the exhalation drive port turbine speed to 4000 and turn must be 0 0 1 cmH20 before and gt 14 on only the ExhPilot solenoid cmH 0 after activating the solenoid After reading turn the ExhPilot solenoid off 99 If Flow is not within the specified limits recalibrate the Flow Valve see page 6 25 and repeat the Performance Checkout tests Page 9 20 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H B Set the step position to 100 e For LTV 1000 950 and 900 pressure turbine speed to 4000 and turn at High and Low flow XDCR ports must only the Purge solenoid on be 0 0 1 cmH20 before and 14 After reading turn the Purge cmH 0 after activating the solenoid solenoid off e For LTV 800 must have software version 3 13 or higher pressure at the Patient Pressure port
77. screws are required depending on the version of LTV being serviced Use of incorrect screws can cause ventilator failure with resulting harm to the patient Flat head i Screw 3 places Ssa Pan head Screw 2 places SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS Page 8 18 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTM mounting assembly re installation current LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter e 7 64 Allen wrench 1 Position the ventilator and mounting assembly as shown in the illustration below 2 Place the mounting assembly onto the ventilator and align the screw slots with the corresponding screw holes in the ventilator WARNING Mounting Screw Use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when installing or removing external accessories p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 19 3 Insert and thread a 4 40 pan head screw screw length as indicated in the detailed illustration through the screw slot in the right leg of the mounting bracket Warning In upper half of slot Earlier Version use 5 16 pan head Warning In lower half of slot Current Version use 3 8 pan head 4 Insert and thread four 4 40 X 3 8 pan head scr
78. set up as follows MODEL LTV 1000 LTV 900 LTV 950 LTV 800 LTV EXIT CAUTION Display Errors Selecting an incorrect model number will not upgrade the unit and will cause display errors if used improperly 1 Use the set value knob to rotate between model options 2 To select a model press the Select button while it is displayed in the window 3 Pressing the Control Lock exits to the previous menu without making any modifications to the model 4 The model selection can be viewed during normal operation in the VENT OP menu Selecting an incorrect model number will cause displays to be lit or turned off inappropriately The following features are affected by the model selection Feature LTV 1000 LTV 950 LTV 900 LTV 800 Volume Mode Selection Yes Yes Yes Yes Pressure Mode Selection Yes Yes No No Pressure Support Yes Yes Yes No O2 Yes No No No Low Pressure O Source Yes Yes Yes Yes Inspiratory and Expiratory Hold Yes No No No Page 6 36 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Valve Home Position The flow valve home position menu is used to select the home step position for the flow valve The position selected should match the flow valve The menu is set up as follows FLOW VALVE VHome 115 through 135 VHome 200 through 240 VHome 244 VHome EXIT 1 Use the set value knob to rotate between home position options 2 To select a home position press the Select bu
79. the VENT OP menu and then pressing Select If LTM is displayed then the analog board setting is appropriate Refer to the labeling on the installed analog board to determine the part number and revision Note If the analog PCBA has been upgraded to a higher revision it may have an additional label denoting that revision PULMONETIC SYSTEMS INC 2001 Fel a y ASSY _xx__ REV O MOD LOT Oxygen Pressure Assembly Revision t Flow Differential Transducer Part Number Level Transducer Note Analog PCBA P N 10643 does not contain the oxygen pressure transducer and cannot be used on LTV 1000 The selection of analog PCBA P N 10643 is not available on LTV 1000 model ventilators p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 41 O2 Blender In LTV 1000 ventilators the O2 Blender menu is used to tell the software which model of O2 blender is installed in the ventilator Note New model O2 blender P N 15079 must be installed and correct selection of O2 blender Part Number must be made in order to achieve all extended features of ventilators with software version 5 0 and higher The O Blender configuration menu is set up as follows O2 BLENDER O2 P N 10051 Original model O2 blender O2 P N 15079 New model O2 blender O2 BLENDER EXIT Z N WARNING Selecting O2 blender P N 15079 when O2 blender P N 10051 is installed may allow a hazardous condition without ala
80. the Leak Compensation extended features option is set to On default setting is off See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass flexible tube is leaking replace it Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Page 7 14 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do O is high Oz inlet pressure too high when Low O Source selected Oz inlet flow too high when Low O Source selected Low O Source incorrectly selected Flow valve output is low Failed calibration Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective or leaking solenoid manifold Defective solenoid Incorrect O blender solenoid output flow Verify the low pressure Oz inlet has been correctly calculated and set using th
81. the back panel over and replace the two pan head screws on either side of the battery compartment Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 13 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions page 8 35 14 A new battery should be charged on standby for 24 hours prior to use on a patient 15 To test a new battery charge the ventilator for 24 hours then operate the ventilator from the battery on a test lung with the settings specified in Appendix A Ventilator Specifications of the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual The ventilator should operate on a new battery for a minimum of 60 minutes Page 8 68 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Internal Inlet Filter The interior inlet filter should be removed and cleaned every 2 years or 10 000 hours If the filter is damaged or can not be thoroughly cleaned it should be replaced Parts required for replacement Tools required Replace if damaged e Interior Inlet Filter P N 10629 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions Phillips screwdriver with torque meter Flat tip screwdriver or dental pick Grounded anti static wrist strap Mild cleanser Soft cleaning brush To clean or replace the interior inlet filter 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and set it on its side beside the ventilator see instructions on page 8 31 Remove the internal inlet filt
82. the gas delivery To turn off the servo functions press Select while SERVO OFF is displayed Servo functions are automatically turned off when you enter the Calibration menu To modify a SERVO control setting 1 Press the associated button to select the control 2 Turn the set value knob until the desired setting is displayed 3 Press the button again or wait 5 seconds to accept the setting Eor information on performance tolerances see Appendix A Ventilator Specifications in the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual 5 Turbine speed must be set to an appropriate value for flow to be delivered accurately 6 O is available on LTV 1000 only Page 6 30 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To select delivery by flow valve step position press Tidal Volume twice The controls for step position and turbine speed will be highlighted to indicate they are active To select delivery by Lpm press Insp Time twice The controls for flow turbine speed and O will be highlighted to indicate they are active Oxygen blending is active only when delivery by Lpm is selected To home the flow valve press Manual Breath After the home is complete the valve will return to its previous position 77 O2 is available on LTV 1000 only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 31 Solenoid The Solenoid menu is used to test the operation of the solenoids The menu is set up as follows
83. the ventilator goes to an inop state instead of performing a reset You can resume operation by pressing the On Standby button The vent will perform the POST tests and resume operation in the vent maintenance mode Upgrade the version of software on the ventilator to the mandatory minimum of 3 13 Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Page 6 34 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Configuration The Configuration menu is used to set the operational parameters for the ventilator The Configuration menu is set up as follows CONFIG MODEL FLOW VALVE TEMP COMP ANALOG BOARD SERIAL NUM O2 BLENDER LTV1000 models only CONFIG EXIT 1 Use the set value knob to rotate between options 2 To select an option press the Select button while it is displayed in the window 3 Pressing the Control Lock exits the to the previous menu without making any selections The menu selections are described further in the following pages 9 The Serial Number menu option is for use by Pulmonetic Systems personnel only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 35 Model Selection The model selection menu is used to select the model of LTV Series ventilator This option determines which functions are available for the selected unit The model selected should match the model number on the front of the ventilator The menu is
84. to Oz inlet port Oz display must read the applied pressure 2 PSIG 97 Not applicable to the LTV 800 98 LTV 1000 only Page 9 18 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 7 Perform a Patient Outlet Pressure test Enter the SERVO menu Calculate Actual Turbine Speed T S A With the ventilator operating in Servo Mode set step position listed under Tidal Volume to 500 and 02 to 21 LTV 1000 only B Check the measured turbine speed T S value noted during the turbine speed calibration test in Chapter 6 C If the measured T S is less than 4000 RPM then subtract it from 4000 to determine the adjustment which needs to be made to the set turbine speed Add this adjustment value to 4000 to determine the actual turbine speed setting for this test Note this actual T S value D If the measured T S value is greater than 4000 RPM subtract 4000 from it to determine the turbine speed adjustment value Subtract this adjustment value from 4000 to determine turbine speed setting for this test Note this actual turbine speed value Example If the measured T S value is 3750 the adjustment value is 250 and the actual turbine speed setting should be 4250 If the measured T S value is 4250 the adjustment value is 250 and the actual turbine speed setting should be 3750 Measure Patient Outlet Pressure at Actual Turbine Speed T S E Press High Pres Limit and rotate the SET VALUE knob to display the actual tur
85. to initial use e Charge the internal battery by plugging the ventilator into an AC power source for 24 hours e Setup the ventilator accessories e Check the ventilator for proper operation per Chapter 2 Ventilator Checkout tests While in storage e Recharge the internal battery by plugging the ventilator into an AC power every two months source for 24 hours Daily e Check the Inlet filter clean if necessary e Check the fan filter clean if necessary If in use a minimum Check the ventilator per Chapter 2 Ventilator Checkout test While the of once a month ventilator is off patient perform the Power external disconnect test e Verify Vte or VE monitor e Verify airway pressure or PIP monitor e Verify delivered O2 concentration if not using an oxygen analyzer continuously LTV1000 only see Ventilator Specifications for accuracy tolerances Use existing patient settings or example settings as shown in Installation and Checkout Every 10 000 hours Replace the internal battery with Pulmonetic Systems battery P N or two years 10140 Calibrate the transducers Replace the Motor Board Clean or replace the Interior Air Inlet filter Clean or replace the O Inlet filter Every 30 000 hours Replace the Turbine Manifold assembly or six years Replace the solenoid manifold whichever comes Replace the flow valve first Replace the Rotary Knob assembly Replace the O2 blender Replace the f
86. valve assembly or cause circuit leaks To avoid damaging the PEEP valve always depress the yellow lock button on top of the valve when making adjustments CAUTION Proximal Sense Lines Do not remove the proximal sense lines from the patient wye Care of the Exhalation Valve The exhalation valve is a delicate assembly and may be damaged if e Care is not exercised when handling or cleaning it e Cleaning instruments or foreign bodies are inserted into it e High pressure gas nozzles are used to dry it Care of Bacterial Filters If bacterial filters are used in conjunction with the LTV Series ventilator comply with all cleaning procedures as specified by the filter manufacturer To clean the exhalation valve wye sense line s and reusable patient circuit For purposes of cleaning the patient circuit with exhalation valve and all accessories must be detached from the ventilator 1 Disassemble the exhalation valve as shown on following pages and remove the diaphragm and compression spring If using a patient circuit with a PEEP valve remove the exhalation valve retainer collar rotate and pull the PEEP valve assembly off the exhalation valve body USE CAUTION The diaphragm and spring may become dislodged 2 Remove exhalation valve diaphragm and compression spring Page 4 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV 900 950 and 1000 Patient Circuits Caution 22mm Proximal Sense Lines
87. volume Displayed Vte 15 of measured tidal volume Settings Volume Assist Control 1 C PEEP 5 TV 1500 BPM 10 INSP 1 5 sec Measured tidal volume Measured tidal volume 1500 150ml Monitored tidal volume Displayed Vte 15 of measured tidal volume Breath Rate Settings Volume Assist Control 2 A TV 1500 BPM 10 Insp Time 3 0 sec Period between start of 2 consecutive 2 B Measured interval must be 6 0 0 5 sec breaths Pressure Control Settings Pressure Assist Control 3 A P 50 Rise time as required Steady state pressure during inspiration 3 B Measured steady state pres 50 4 cmH2O 103 Not applicable to the LTV 800 104 Applicable to LTV 1000 and 950 only 105 Set the RISE TIME under the VENT OP menu as required 1 through 9 depending on test lung used to achieve 50 cmH20 pressure Page 9 24 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Sensitivity Settings Volume PEEP 5 BPM 6 4 A IT V 700 Insp Time 2 0 LEAK COMPENSATION OFF 4 B Hold SELECT button Status monitor displays ALARM OP Rotate SET VALUE knob Status monitor displays VENT OP Press SELECT and rotate SET VALUE Status monitor displays LEAK COMP Press SELECT and rotate SET VALUE Status monitor displays COMP OFF Pres
88. 1 0 to 1 5 PSI of oxygen With the unit completely assembled incl back cover feed a tube in through the vent on the patient circuit side The end of the tube should be inserted 4 inside ventilator Operate the ventilator for a minimum of 5 minutes at the required settings Page 9 30 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 18327 001 A Addendum 1 Oxygen Checkout Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL O2 Checkout Settings 1 A Volume Mode Assist Ctrl Tidal Volume 1000 ml Breath Rate 15 bpm Insp Time 1 0 sec PEEP 5 cmH20 Oz Inlet pressure 60 psig Oz2 100 After 1 minute of operation 1 B Oxygen concentration measured by external O2 monitor 95 to 100 Set O2 to 60 1 C Oxygen concentration measured by After 1 minute of operation external O2 monitor 55 to 65 Set O2 to 30 1 D Oxygen concentration measured by After 1 minute of operation external O2 monitor 27 to 33 Set O2 to 21 1 E Oxygen concentration measured by After 1 minute of operation external O2 monitor 18 to 24 Internal O2 Enrichment Settings 2 A Oz2 measurement inside the unit at the 02 100 PCB area With the unit completely assembled 02 measurement must be lt 25 incl back cover feed a tube in through the vent on the patient circuit sid
89. 20 to high flow XDCR port AP display must read 0 0 5 cmH2O B Apply 50 cmH 0 2 cmH20 to high flow XDCR port AP display must read the applied pressure 2 cmH20 Flow Transducer Wide C Open all connections to ambient air to apply 0 cmH 0 to both flow XDCR ports FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 D Apply 15 cmH 0 0 5 cmH 0O to high flow XDCR port E Apply 15 cmH20 to high and low flow XDCR port Record the FDw value Open all connections to ambient air FDw display must read the applied pressure 0 5 cmH20O FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 Flow Valve Differential Transducer F Turn the ventilator off Turn the ventilator on while holding the Select Control Lock and Manual Breath buttons Clear the REMOVE PTNT alarm then turn to the VENT MTNCE menu and press Select Press Select to enter the Servo menu use the Set Value knob to select ON and press Select Set step position listed under Tidal Volume to 500 and turbine speed listed under High Press alarm to 10 Return to the RT XDCR DATA menu and view FVd g FVd display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 H Set step position to 100 and turbine speed to 4000 Return to the RT XDCR DATA menu and view FVd FVd display must read 14 cmH20 O Transducer 1 Open O2 connections to ambient View the Oz reading under the RT XDCR DATA menu O display must read 0 0 5 PSIG J Apply 50 2 PSIG
90. 4 screw is required 3 Insert five back panel replacement screws of the correct length from the replacement screws kit P N 11149 and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 4 You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws ZN WARNING Specific bracket replacement screw location Different screws are required depending on the version of LTV being serviced Use of incorrect screws can cause ventilator failure with resulting harm to the patient Flat head Screw 3 places aa 2 Pan head Screw 2 places gf a SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS Page 8 26 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTMALTV mounting bracket reinstallation for earlier model LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 e Phillips screwdriver with Replace if damaged torque meter e LTM LTV mounting bracket P N 11125 e 7 64 Allen wrench e LTM LTV mounting Block P N 11146 To reinstall the LTM LTV mounting bracket 1 Orient the ventilator and mounting bracket as shown on the next page position the bracket on the ventilator and align its screw slots with the corresponding screw holes in the ventilator back panel 2 One leg of the LTM LTV mounting bracket has a circular notch just above the elon
91. 5 22 Enter the Ventilator Checkout menu by powering up the ventilator while holding the Select button Run the Display Test see instructions on page 2 5 Running this display test will assist in the proper alignment of the overlay panel 23 While running the display test install the overlay panel on the front of the ventilator Remove the paper backing from the top side of the membrane panel and apply the overlay over the membrane panel Carefully align the overlay panel with the upper weldment making sure the cutout for the rotary switch is centered over the well in the upper weldment and that all display windows align over the corresponding openings Press the overlay panel into place making sure the adhesive is well seated in all places p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 65 Internal Battery Pack Parts required for replacement Tools required e Internal Battery Replacement Kit P N e Phillips screwdriver with torque 11636 with Battery Assembly P N 10140 meter and Side Seal 2 P N 10881 e Grounded anti static wrist strap Replace if damaged Grommet P N 10541 1 4 Pan head Screw 6 P N 10435 1 8 Flat head Screws 2 P N 14498 Battery Cover P N 10102 LTV Battery Replacement Label P N 10927 Memory Board Secure Pad P N 10597 RTV Silicon Adhesive P N 10122 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions a To remove and r
92. BbAxo L HOd pajje suj moqg y Bulonpay seonpsuely ainssaig enuy 6u 19N7 eyewey INSS Jd YIH 103eJUA 1 pu jg uaBAxo OL Bunyi san aye nss pie Anu AJLA MOJ4 JO WOYOq WO4 sas it Sai pue sea 10 Be olla ue 123 9 10 Held MOJA umd ueg UM Je JO aGueIO SAJEA uonejeyxg 10 ey I UB A gt AJLA MOJA OL Bu peu6dn oinbas zou op pue Bunos peBueyd zou aaey juo uonesnyj ur paiojoo AeiB umoys saqn jq x j4 ALON Page 8 41 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV 900 950 and 1000 Earlier Version Tube Routing Diagrams 27 34 0 p UONISOd JeoNpsuesy enua SAjeA YM Bunnoy eqny uosa Josey pieog Hod uonisod ya Vaod Bojeuy ainssald Jaonpsuedy leuas ANLA Ul 43 0N yBIH pie0og Vad F a Bojeuy Jaonpsuely aiNSS2ld uabAxo Asayeq JeusazU 104 Base CFU VdOd Jamo jo aBpa au sed dooj jou 0g aj0N Jeonpsued JEHUsIBHIG MOJ saonpsuely ainssaig Aenuiy Huy sen sews ainssaldg YIH J0 e 1 U0A Burg sen ALW BINSSBJg MOT JOJEIIUS A 6u queg AJeA uogejeyxg 10 e 1 US A gt 1 pu jg ueBAxo OL BAJEA MOJ JO woyoq Woy pue 1293 9 10 Beld MOJA UUM Jea D 10 aBueiQ Buipes6dn asinbas jou op pue Bunnos peBuey2 jou aaey Ajuo uonensnyj Ul pasojoo AeiB umoys saqn jq x j4 SLON LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 8 42 3451Y 34 0 pauoljsog JeONpsuely eUa OALA YM Bunnoy aqny uos 131e
93. Clearing See Clear Calibration Flow Differential 6 11 Flow Valve 6 25 Motor Drive 6 19 Oz Inlet Pressure 6 17 Valve Differential 6 14 Worksheet 6 24 6 29 Cautions Definition 1 2 Cleaning 4 1 Exhalation Valve 4 2 External Inlet Filter 4 7 Fan Filter 4 8 8 54 Internal Inlet Filter 8 69 Oxygen Blender Filter 8 86 Clear Calibration 6 43 Control Settings 6 43 EEPROM 6 43 Events 6 43 Clear Tube 8 38 8 60 CLEAR Menu 6 43 Component Removal s Component Replacement s Contact Information 1 1 8 2 Control Limiting 7 3 Control Panel See Front Panel Control Settings Clearing See Clear Control Settings Control Test Troubleshooting 7 38 Control Test 9 2 CTRL UNLOCK 7 4 7 5 D Defaults E 13 DEFAULTS Alarm Troubleshooting 7 35 Delrin Poppet 6 25 Diagnostic Procedures Advanced FiOz2 7 26 Diagnostic Procedures Advanced Vte 7 22 Dim Displays 7 4 Dip Switch 5 6 5 6 23 8 59 8 60 Dip Switch Settings E 12 DISC SENSE Alarm Troubleshooting 7 32 DISPLAY 2 5 Display Select A 1 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page F 1 Display Test Troubleshooting 7 37 Display Test 8 65 9 2 Displays Dim or Blank 7 4 Dovetail Mounting Bracket 8 32 E EASY 7 5 EEPROM Clearing See Clear EEPROM EMC iii ESD 7 31 7 35 ET Tube 7 41 Event Codes D 3 Event Trace D 1 Events Clearing See Clear Events Exhalation Valve 4 2
94. ECK and enter normal ventilation mode 1 Turn the Set Value Knob to scroll through the main menu entries VENT OP ALARM OP VENT CHECK etc until EXIT is displayed 2 Push the Select button while EXIT is displayed Display Area Svist Gugon EXIT is displayed ay Pressure cmH20 cma y A PulmoneticS ystems a LTV1000 Tidal Votum Presi insp Time Pres Support sec mH BB EEEE SEER ES 3 Alternatively push the Control Lock button until normal ventilation mode is restored POST will be performed and the ventilator will begin ventilation using the previously stored settings Page 2 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chapter 3 REAL TIME TRANSDUCER DATA The Real Time Transducer data allows you to view the real time activity in the ventilator The real time transducer menu is set up as follows RT XDCR DATA AP FDb FDw FDn FTw or FTn FTb LEAK FVd FV FVt STEP TS 02 BV EV RT EXIT XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX X XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XXX X XXXX XXXX XX XX XX XX XX XX nH20 mH20 mH20 mH20 Lpm Lpm Lpm mH20 Lpm oF rpm PSIG VOLTS VOLTS Not on LTV 800 Not on LTV 800 Not on LTV 800 Not on LTV 800 Not on LTV 800 Not on LTV 800 a Nn aN eNO Optional Not on LTV 800 LTV 1000 only Each item displays real time activity in the displayed units For some items transducer counts can also be displayed
95. ENT OP and press Select e Rotate the Set Value knob to VER x xx where x xx is the software revision 2 Ifthe installed ventilator software is Version 5 0 or greater already the O2 INLET label should not require updating unless an older blender is being replaced If this is the case new labeling reflecting the higher inlet pressures must be installed see step 3 below 3 Identify the O2 blender currently installed on the LTV 1000 as follows e If O02 INLET text is black the oxygen blender installed is part number 10051 and no label change is required when installing Version 5 0 or greater e If O2 INLET text is green pressures are 2 8 4 8 Bar 40 70 PSI the O2 blender is current PN 15079 In this case when the software has been updated labels PN 10921 and 17494 001 must be removed from the exposed side of the blender and label PN 17420 001 must be installed This requires ventilator soft side removal and re installation see instructions page 8 99 in this chapter 4 Make note of the currently installed oxygen blender part number The blender part number will be needed for software configuration in VENT MTNCE during calibration see instructions on page 6 42 Page 8 76 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Motor Board Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Motor PCBA Assembly P N 10135 e Phillips screwdriver with Replace if damaged torque meter e 7
96. ES 65 amp 66 strap e P N 10137 Memory PCBA Programmed 1 e P N 11599 Power PCB e P N 11684 LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 Separator The following parts are contained in all power board e 3 16 Nut Driver adapter Replacement Kits for torque wrench e P N 14429 LTV Ventilators Operator s Manual Addendum 1 e 1 4 Nut Driver adapter for e P N 15000 Power Board 1 torque wrench e P N 11543 3 16 Hex Standoffs 2 e Torque wrench 20 in oz 0 14 Nm to 60 in oz 0 42 e P N 14372 3 16 4 40 Pan head Screw 2 Nm range e P N 10433 7 16 4 40 Pan head Screw 2 e P N 10607R 7 8 4 40 Red Pan head Screw 1 e P N 10435G 1 4 4 40 Green Pan head Screw 2 e P N 10342 1 4 4 40 Hex Nut 1 e P N 14392 Label LTV Chirp 1 To replace the Power PCBA and DC Cord Pigtail related hardware ZN WARNING Mounting Screw Use Be sure to use the correct length mounting screws as specified in the instructions or internal damage to the ventilator may result 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Remove the motor board by removing the four 7 16 pan head mounting screws retain for reinstallation Move the motor board out of the way The connectors to the motor board may be left connected e For ventilators previously equipped with a power connector shield assembly bend the wires
97. H20 0 5 after activation FDw 0 cmH zO 0 5 after activation 15 cmH20 to low amp high flow transducer 9 D ports 1 Pinch off inlet pressure purge solenoid activated for 3 sec then deactivate Calculated change in Pressure FDw display must not change by more than 0 5 cmH20 before and after activating solenoid 15 cmH20 to low amp high flow transducer 9 E port 193 ExhDiffP solenoid deactivated OFF FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 ExhDiffP solenoid activated ON FDw display must read AP 0 5 cmH20 2 15 cmH20 to high flow transducer port 9 F 109 Pinch off the input pressure line FDw display must read 15 0 5 cmH20 9 109 Not applicable to the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 27 TEST STEP DESCRIPTION Watchdog Test MEAS VALUE REQUIREMENT Watch Dog activated 10 CHECK Unit shuts downs then restarts LTM Compatibility Test 3 13 and Higher Set COM setting to MONITOR Connect the LTM serial com cable to the UTT COM PORT Connect patient circuit and test lung Display of small LTV icon appears on the LTM If the LTV icon is not observed or shown only intermittently then this condition constitutes a FAIL for the LTM compatibility test LTV software 3 13 and LTM with software 1 17 or earlier A flashing red exclamation mark is not displayed to the ri
98. IPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL PEEP Minimum PEEP setting 5 A Measured PEEP must be 0 2 0 cmH2O Maximum PEEP setting 5 B Measured PEEP must be 20 3 cmH2O Real Time Transducer Data Airway Pressure AP 0 cmH 0 to high flow XDCR port 6 A AP display must read 0 0 5 cmH2O 50 cmH20 to high flow XDCR port 6 B AP display must read 50 2 cmHzO Flow Transducer Wide FDw 0 cmH20 to both flow XDCR ports 6 C FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH2O 15 cmH20 to high flow XDCR port 6 D FDw display must read 15 0 5 cmHzO 15 cmH20 to high amp low XDCR ports 6 E FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 Flow Valve Differential Pressure At step position 500 turbine speed 10 6 G FVd display must read 0 0 5 cmH20 At step position 100 turbine speed 6 H FVd display must read 14 cmH20 4000 Oxygen Transducer 8 At 0 psig applied to O2 inlet port 6 l Oz display must read 0 0 5 psig At 50 psig applied to O2 inlet port 6 J Oz display must read 50 2 psig Patient Outlet Pressure Calculate actual turbine speed 7 D Enter Actual adjusted Turbine Speed Measure Patient Outlet pressure at actual 7 H Must be 55 cmH20 turbine speed Servo Flow 10 Turbine speed 4000 8 A LTV 950 900 and 800 flow must be 10 02 30 Oz inlet pressure 40 psig Lpm 1 0 Lpm LTV 1000 flow must be 10 Lpm 0 5 Lpm Oz must be 30 3 8 Flow 10 Turbine speed 5000 8 B LTV 950 900 and 800 flow must be 10 02 90 Oz inlet pressure 50 psig
99. N 10111 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions Phillips screwdriver with torque meter 2 small flat tip screwdrivers or dental picks 1 2 nut driver adapter for torque wrench 13mm nut driver adapter for torque wrench Grounded anti static wrist strap To remove and replace the Rotary Switch assembly 1 With the ventilator face up gently pry the knob off the rotary switch shaft using dental picks or small flat edged screwdrivers There are 2 notches in the underside of the knob to make this easier Use caution Do not damage the edge of the faceplate around the knob 2 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 3 Disconnect the rotary switch cable connector from the power board 4 Use a 1 2 nut driver for earlier version assemblies or a 13 mm nut driver for current version assemblies and remove and discard the retaining nut from the front of the ventilator 5 Carefully remove discard the rotary switch assembly and rubber gasket earlier version assembles or washer and O ring current version assemblies from the back of the ventilator through the openings in the power and main boards Contained in Rotary Switch Replacement Kit P N 14271 Page 8 100 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Rotary Switch Assembly p n 10665 Rev H 6 Place the O Ring P N 11645
100. NGS A tatotvees dees adi tatet A gaccua lal daveandeah E Ti dalaeas vad A E 6 42 Configuration Menu EXit cesceeeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeseeaeesaeeeseaeeseaaeeesaeeeeeaeeesaaeseeaaesseneeseas 6 43 GEBAR erh atin ae es eee ed a A ee 6 44 Vent Maintenance Menu EXit ccceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeene eset eae ee eee aeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeeenes 6 45 Chapter 7 Troubleshooting si cicieeccscnceciccetescanencrsnecctiesraceneennancasecueceedsaneuancncnden 7 1 Displays and BUNOS irrar ainan S SAAE EAEE ie Sante oan east be Sete teeth 7 2 Ventilator Performance ueirai renine cite easediehac wade casts was sedes state aca EAE 7 6 Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures ccccteeeeseeceeeeeceeeeeaaeeceeeeesaeeesaaeseeeeeseeeesiaaeeneneeee 7 22 Advanced FiO Diagnostic Procedures cccceesceceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeseaeeesaaeseeaeeseaeeeseaeeseneeee 7 26 Power and Battery Operation cccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeee cee eeeeaaeeeeeee seas eeeaaeeseaeeseeeeessaeeeeaeeseeeeess 7 28 PANTS A EEE E Aaa die ea each oa yada sateen dees ea ech Pau ha Se shad E A 7 31 Checkout Test Failures c ccecscecsecceceeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeceaeeseaaaecaaeeecaaeeseaaeseeaeesseeeseaeeseaaesseaeeeeaes 7 37 kest Lung Operations eascadiee chvilantvne vise a a this getchedae cg eek Abs eee 7 41 Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement cccccessssssseeeeees 8 1 Training And Authorization cece cee eeeeeeeeenne eect
101. P N 14157 P N 14425 and P N 11590 Page 8 98 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Right and Left Soft Side Panels Parts required for replacement Tools required Replace if damaged e Left Soft Side P N 10105 e Right Soft Side P N 10106 e 1 2 Flat head Screw 3 each side P N 10338 e 1 4 Flat head Screw 7 each side P N 10430 e Finish Washer 10 each side P N 10191 e Handle Attachment 1 each side P N 10118 e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter e Grounded anti static wrist strap To replace the right or left soft side panel 1 Remove the 10 flat head screws and gray finish washers from the right or left side of the ventilator as shown 2 Pull off the Soft Side panel and set aside the handle attachment 3 Position the new Soft Side panel and the handle attachment Replace the 3 1 2 flat head screws and finish washers in the 3 center holes on the bottom side of the ventilator 4 Replace the 7 1 4 flat head screws and gray finish washers in the remaining holes Screws should be torqued to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 99 Rotary Switch Set Value Knob Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Rotary Switch Replacement Kit P N 14271 k e Rotary Switch with hex nut P N 11190 e e Washer P N 11644 e O Ring P N 11645 e Knob Spring P N 10443 e Knob P
102. P valve 3 Push the diaphragm on top of the spring Make sure the diaphragm is correctly oriented with the narrow lip fitting up inside the PEEP valve 4 Snap the PEEP valve onto the exhalation valve body ensuring the tab and cavity are aligned Be careful not to dislodge the diaphragm when snapping the exhalation body and PEEP body together 5 Slide the Exhalation Valve Retainer Collar over the Exhalation Valve and tighten rotate to the PEEP Valve Narrow Edge Snap Properly of oT ee Assembled PEEP Retainer Valve into Valve gt we a eos SS Rotate We Slide Retainer Over Seat ARA and Exhalation Valve and Diaphragm Completely Rotate to Secure Inside PEEP Valve 6 Replace the exhalation valve in the patient circuit Reconnect the exhalation valve drive line and sense lines to the ports on the side of the ventilator Page 4 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Cleaning the Inlet Filter To clean the inlet filter 1 Remove the inlet filter by gently pinching the foam filter and pulling it out 2 Hand wash the filter using warm water and a mild liquid detergent 3 Rinse the filter thoroughly in warm water to remove all detergent 4 Inspect the filter for damage and replace if necessary 5 Allow the filter to air dry before replacing it into the ventilator CAUTION Wet or Damp Filters Do not install a wet or damp filter into the LTV Series ventilators This could damage the ventilato
103. Pisco connector to the oxygen pressure transducer P N 10136 analog PCBAs must have a score mark approximately 1 8 from the tip of the oxygen pressure transducer in order to tightly retain the Pisco connector e To add this score mark gently rotate a sharp pair of cutting pliers around the oxygen pressure transducer inlet approximately 1 8 from the top e The score mark should be just deep enough to retain the Pisco connector firmly A score mark made too deeply can cause leaks and will require a replacement of the analog board Score 1 8 Mark Oxygen Pressure Transducer CAUTION Damage to the analog board Irreparable damage can occur to the analog board for use on LTV 1000 model ventilators during this procedure Use extreme care not to puncture the wall of the transducer when scoring the tip of the oxygen pressure transducer 8 Reconnect the 5 flexible tubes to the analog PCBA Board following the internal flexible tube routing configuration diagram previously noted see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Inspect all flexible tubes for tears at the connecting ends and replace worn or damaged tubes if necessary 9 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Page 8 50 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H External Inlet Filter The External Inlet filter should be removed and cleaned once a month If the ventilator is being operated in high dust or humi
104. PulmoneticSystems Innovations For Life LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual P N 10665 Rev H November 2005 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Revision History Revision Level Revision Date Rev A ECO 539 May 1999 Rev B ECO 740 January 2000 Rev C ECO 818 August 2000 Rev D ECO 1149 May 2001 Rev E ECO 1532 May 2002 Rev F ECO 1983 April 2003 Rev G ECO 2374 September 2003 Rev H ECO 3580 November 2005 Rev H Addendum 1 ECO 3950 April 2006 Contact Information Pulmonetic Systems Inc 17400 Medina Rd Suite 100 Minneapolis Minnesota 55447 1341 Phone Office Fax Customer Care Center Phone Customer Care Center Fax Sales Marketing E mail Customer Care Center E mail Pulmonetic Systems Website 763 398 8500 763 398 8400 800 754 1914 ext 2 763 398 8403 info pulmonetic com service pulmonetic com http Awww pulmonetic com Sram A I eee oypiae LTV 1000 LTV 950 LTV 900 LTV 800 and LTV are trademarks belonging to Pulmonetic Systems Inc Copyright 2006 Pulmonetic Systems Inc Minneapolis Minnesota 18327 001 A Addendum 1 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page i User Owner Responsibility This manual is intended for use only by service personnel who have been trained and authorized by Pulmonetic Systems Pulmonetic Systems does not condone or approve of service activity on its products by untrained and un
105. Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 31 Dovetail Mounting Bracket Replacement The LTV ventilator s dovetail mounting bracket will not normally require servicing however if damaged it may be replaced on the back panel P N 10104 See illustration to identify a revision G or earlier and a revision H or later back panel Internal Battery Cover Additional Layer of Material Dovetail Bracket Mounting Holes 10104 Rev G or Earlier 10104 Rev H or Later inside surface inside surface Parts required for replacement Tools required e Dovetail Replacement Kit 1 P N 11493 e Electric Drill Motor e Dovetail Mounting Bracket 1 e 3 16 Drill bit e 114 diameter shaft Pop Rivets 4 Pop Rivet tool e Dovetail Mounting Plate 1 1 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 e The internal battery cover and internal battery do not need to be removed 54 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Dovetail Replacement Kit P N 11493 a Pop Rivet tool capable of setting the 114 diameter shaft Pop Rivets Page 8 32 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 2 Prepare to drill out the existing pop rivets in the dovetail bracket by placing a block under the back panel that supports the area directly below the pop rivets This will prevent the bot
106. Su Current Version Power Board P N 15000 6 Thread one 1 4 solenoid manifold mounting nut P N 10342 onto the power board mounting stud protruding through the solenoid manifold and replace the red solenoid manifold mounting screw as shown Torque tighten both to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm NOTE If not previously installed replace existing screws with colored screw 7 8 Red colored Pan head Screw P N 10607R and mounting nut P N 10342 7 Reconnect the two 2 wire connectors to the Solenoid leads Orientation does not matter and only one connector is used on the LTV 800 8 Reconnect the flexible tubes to the solenoid manifold using the tubing enhancement kit and following the internal flexible tube routing configuration diagram previously noted see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Inspect all flexible tubes for tears at the connecting ends and replace worn or damaged tubes if necessary 9 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 103 Thermo Conductive Motor Board Heatsink Pad Thermo conductive pads should be replaced any time they have hardened and at 30 000 hours The motor board heat sink pad is located on the inside of the back panel Parts required for replacement Tools required e Thermo Conductive Motor Board e Phillips screwdriver with torque Heatsink Pad P N 11441 meter e Grounded anti static wrist strap
107. Time 1 5 sec PEEP 5 Battery Level LED is green upon removing external power Unit must operate continuously for a minimum of 40 minutes C With ventilator ON disconnect the internal battery Confirm Vent Inop LED is lit and alarm is sounding Reconnect external power AC adapter and clear Reset alarm Charge Status LED is red D Reconnect the internal battery Charge Status LED is flashing amber for a few minutes maximum 1 hour and then goes solid amber 3 Perform an external power test A Continue with the external AC adapter connected to the ventilator Ventilator runs normally External Power LED shows green Charge Status LED is lit or flashing B Remove external power clear power lost alarm Connect an external DC power source with a voltage between 14 8V and 15 0V using the external battery test cable Ventilator runs normally External Power LED shows green Charge Status LED is lit or flashing C Slowly reduce the external DC e Ventilator runs normally voltage until the external power LED e External voltage is 11 0V 2 shows amber e Charge Status LED is lit or flashing e A POWER LOW alarm occurs e Audible alarm sounds D Slowly reduce the external DC e Ventilator runs normally voltage until the external power LED e External voltage is 9 5V 2 extinguishes e Charge Status LED is off e A POWER LOST alarm occurs e Audible alarm sounds e Battery Level LED is
108. a list of events recorded by the ventilator These events may be normal conditions such as turning the ventilator on or off or alarm conditions such as HW FAULT or HIGH PRES Initial occurrences of events are recorded the first time they occur after power up along with the date time and associated data if any A second occurrence of the same type of event same event code will be recorded as a separate line item along with the latest date time and associated data The quantity of occurrences is increased by one 1 i e a quantity of two 2 will be displayed Note Event log entries are only one of many diagnostic tools used to troubleshoot the ventilator Additional information is often required to accurately identify the root cause of a problem See Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information Note Additional occurrences 3 or more of the same type of event will update the secondary occurrence line items with the latest date time and associated data The quantity of occurrences will be increased by one 1 for each additional occurrence e g a quantity of 2 will be increased to 3 To view the events Enter the Extended Features menu by pushing and holding the Select button for 3 seconds Turn the Set Value knob until EVENT TRACE is displayed Press Select xx eventname is displayed XX is the chronological number of the event occurrence eventname is the name of the event Highlight an event and press
109. a routing diagram Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Perform the Advanced FiO Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 26 3 LTV 1000 only Page 7 16 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do PEEP not working Circuit leak PEEP low PEEP sags during exhalation PEEP spring not installed in exhalation valve Diaphragm incorrectly seated in exhalation valve Diaphragm installed backwards Worn PEEP spring High side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking Failed calibration The LTV Series ventilator does not actively drive the exhalation valve to maintain PEEP If there is a significant leak the PEEP will drop over a long exhalation Run a Leak Test and reseat or replace the leaking parts or connections See Chapter 2 Leak Test for instructions Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly If necessary replace the PEEP spring with a new one Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wy
110. ace 2 Orient the upper protective boot over the ventilator as shown in the illustration on the next page Move the boot down into position on the top of the ventilator and align its four screw holes with the corresponding holes in the ventilator back and side panels 3 Insert and thread two 2 4 40 flat head mounting screws with finish washers through the screw holes in the sides of the upper boot as indicated in the illustration on the next page 4 One leg of the upper protective boot has an additional screw hole furthest from the end of the leg The length of the screw is used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators the screw hole will align with the upper hole in the boot and requires the use of the 1 4 mounting screw e Oncurrent version ventilators the screw hole will align with the lower hole in the boot and requires the use of the 3 8 mounting screw 5 Insert and thread two flat head mounting screws of the appropriate length with finish washers through the screw holes in the legs of the upper boot as indicated in the illustration on the next page ZN WARNING Specific boot screw location Make sure that the correct screw is used for your particular ventilator before tightening down Using a screw of the wrong length in this location can cause the ventilator to malfunction resulting in possible harm to the patient Contained in Pulmoneti
111. ak Compensation is on FTw xx xx and FTn xx xx Lom values are offset by the value of LEAK xx xx Lpm Transducer count display is not available for this item FTb x xx Lpm Not on LTV 800 Flow in Lpm calculated from the differential pressure measured at the patient wye using the bi directional transducer Transducer count display is not available for this item LEAK xx xx Lpm Not on LTV 800 FVd xx xx mH20 Leak flow calculated from the differential pressure transducer measured at the patient wye during exhalation Differential pressure as measured across the flow valve FV xx xx Lpm Flow valve flow in Lom calculated from the differential pressure measured across the flow valve Transducer count display is not available for this item FVt xxx x F Flow valve temperature Only available on the LTV 900 950 Not on LTV 800 and 1000 with FVt capability Not available on the LTV 800 STEP xxxx Commanded flow valve motor step position Transducer count display is not available for this item TS xxxx rpm Monitored turbine speed in rpms O2 xx xx PSIG LTV 1000 only Oxygen inlet pressure in PSIG as measured at the inlet pressure transducer BV xx xx VOLTS Internal battery voltage EV xx xx VOLTS External power voltage Page 3 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chapter 4 CLEANING AND STERILIZATION Cleaning the Ventilator All ventilato
112. al battery test cable and 3 E replace with external power AC adapter Power down the ventilator using the On Standby button Page 9 14 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Performance Checkout Tools required Turbine Pressure Test Adapter P N 11567 Oxygen Analyzer 0 80 PSIG O Supply 0 50 cmH20 Air Supply 2 L test lung or two 1 L test lungs in parallel Calibrated Spirometer When doing a performance checkout always e Allow the vent to warm up by operating at nominal settings for 1 hour before beginning the performance checkout e After changing the control values for each test allow ventilator to operate for 3 minutes 1 Perform a tidal volume test A Set PEEP to5cmH20 e Measured volume must be 1500 150 ml Set Tidal Volume to 1500 Bone tog Monitored tidal volume Vte on the LTV and Insp Time to 6 0 display must be 15 of measured ee volume B Set Tidal Volume to e Measured volume must be 1500 150 ml 1500 ml Breath Rate to 8 and Insp Time to 3 0 sec e Monitored tidal volume Vte must be 15 of measured volume C Set Tidal Volume to e Measured volume must be 1500 150 ml 1500 ml Breath Rate to Monitored tidal volume Vte must be 15 10 and Insp Time to 1 5 of measured volume sec 2 Perform a breath rate test A Set Tidal Volume to 1500 Breath Rate to 10 and Insp Time to 3 0 sec B Measure the period between e Measur
113. alarm did not sound long enough before test was terminated Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Ventilators that do not have power board P N 15000 installed do not have the confirming audible chirp feature Install power PCBA P N 15000 Repeat the Alarm Test and allow audible alarm to sound for at least 2 seconds before pushing the Select button Defective power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly DISPLAY Test A display or LED does not illuminate Misaligned LED Defective LED or display Defective main board If displays are operating but misaligned remove the main board and realign the LEDs or displays See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions If a display is not operating during the display test replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 37 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do CONTROL Test Message is not displayed when Volume Pressure Mode button Pressure Control button O2 button or Low Pressure O Source button is pressed CONTROL Test Correct message is not displayed when rotary switch is turned or incorrect message Wrong model selected in maintenance mode Rotary switch is disconnected Defective rotary switch Verify the correct MODEL has b
114. alation Valve Cap Ventilator Do Not Remove PEEPLess Valve Cap Page 4 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 3 To clean the exhalation valve and patient circuit remove all gross particulate matter and bathe for a minimum of 10 minutes in 50 water and 50 vinegar KlenZyme or another enzymatic cleaner warmed to 95 F to 150 F 35 C to 65 5 C Rinse gently for 2 minutes and use a low flow air source to eliminate any residual fluid or debris Ultrasonic cleaning is not recommended 4 High Level Disinfecting Remove all gross particulate matter and bathe in a glutaraldehyde solution e g Cidex 2 for 20 minutes Rinse gently for 2 minutes Use a low flow air source to eliminate any residual fluid 5 Exhalation Valves Patient Circuits and Water Traps are shipped clean not sterile Sterilization of the exhalation valve reusable patient circuit and water trap should follow individual institution processes or guidelines CAUTION Reusable Patient Circuit Components To avoid degradation of the reusable patient circuit components do not exceed the following constraints 50 cleaning cycles or 1 year whichever comes first Steam Autoclave Pressure 20 PSIG Temperature 275 F 135 C Time 6 minutes Liquid Sterilizing Agent DO not use liquid agents containing more than 2 glutaraldehyde Pasteurization A 30 minute warm water detergent and a 30 minute 165 F 74 C hot water cycle Dr
115. ally LTV ventilator software is designed to be backwards compatible Parts required for replacement Tools required e Programmed Memory PCBA Kit P N 17476 001 e Phillips screwdriver with If not already installed torque meter e Power PCBA P N 15000 see page 8 89 for e Grounded anti static wrist instructions strap To remove and replace the Memory Board 1 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 CAUTION Anti static precautions It is especially important to observe ESD Electro Static Discharge precautions whenever handling the memory board Always wear a grounded anti static wrist strap when handling the ventilator with the case open Electrostatic discharge can damage the internal electronics Page 8 74 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 2 Remove the programmed memory PCBA from its supporting rails by gripping the corners firmly between two fingers and pulling it out JP3 Jumper Installed for Normal Operation 3 Current version memory boards are equipped with a JP3 connector Verify the jumper is installed in the normal operation position of the JP3 connector as shown prior to installing the memory board 4 Install the new memory board by lining the edges up in the supporting rails and sliding it into position Be sure the connector on the memory board is oriented correctly to l
116. alog board The tube should seat in approximately 1 2 and should not be easily removable If the tube is not inserted completely it will disconnect when a high pressure oxygen source is connected Page 8 84 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 7 Connect the 8 wire connector from the oxygen blender to the power board The connector is keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place 8 Tuck the wrapped wires and oxygen tube down along the side of the turbine manifold against the power board 9 Replace the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 10 Connect the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine to the motor board The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place 11 Inspect the orange seal on the side of the flow valve If it is damaged remove and replace it with a new seal as follows Peel the old seal off the flow valve Remove any old adhesive from the flow valve using a mild detergent and dry the valve side Remove the protective backing from the flow valve seal and press it into place Replace the flow valve see instructions on page 8 55 a oOo NM lt x Connect the bypass tubing from the flow valve to the barbed elbow at the bottom of the turbine manifold The tubing should be looped into the space between the bottom of the manifold and the bottom edge of the upper weldment so that it is out of the way and will not be pinched when the back of t
117. an assembly Replace all Silicone Tubing e Check the Thermo Pads for compression and replace if necessary This is the recommended schedule for typical clinical or home settings Some environmental conditions may require you to perform the maintenance procedures more frequently For the number of hours the ventilator has been in service see Extended Features in the LTV Series Operator s Manual If the battery is deeply discharged it may take several charge and discharge cycles before it is at full capacity 10 000 hour two year and or 30 000 hour six year Extended Maintenance and ventilator repair must be performed by a service technician who has been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems Inc Replacement at 10 000 hours or 2 years is based on normal use of up to 200 charge cycles The battery may need to be replaced more frequently if it is being charged more often The battery should also be replaced any time it fails to reach a full charge or if the ventilator runs for less than 40 minutes on a fully charged battery 1 The LTV Internal Battery P N 10140 is contained in LTV Internal Battery Replacement Kit P N 11636 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 5 1 Before Initial Use Plug the ventilator into an AC power source for 24 hours to fully charge the internal battery While charging in the standby mode the Charge Status Indicator LED displays as flashing amber solid amber or solid green If
118. and 1000 connect the tubes from the test fixture to the High and Low Flow transducer ports on the right side of the ventilator as shown above 2 For the LTV 800 remove the Luer fittings and connect the tubes from the test fixture to the Patient Pressure Port and Exhalation Drive Line barbed fittings 3 Using the test fixture manometer as the pressure measurement instrument apply 50 55 cm H2O pressure to the ventilator with the syringe 4 Pinch off the pressure supply tube near the syringe to seal the supply of pressure Observe any downward change in pressure on the manometer Requirement The change in pressure in 1 minute shall be lt 1 0 cmH2O The Calibration Syringe is available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 7 5 Record the data on the Calibration Worksheet 6 Disconnect the tubes from the ventilator ports Open the pinch clamp on the pressure supply tube to the syringe 7 If leakage in excess of the values noted above is observed perform the following tests for the LTV 900 950 and 1000 For the LTV 800 proceed to step 8 below If not proceed to the next calibration procedure High Flow Transducer Test e Connect appropriate tube from the test fixture to the High Flow transducer port on the right side of the ventilator and pinch off other unused tubes e Using the test fixture manometer as the pressure measurem
119. and strikes to the casing This section is divided into four sub sections to accommodate the removal replacement or installation of the boots under the following conditions e Temporary Removal to allow removal of the back panel e Permanent Removal for permanent removal of the boots e Reinstallation to reinstall boots after ventilator maintenance e New Installation to install new boots where they were not previously installed Upper Protective Boot ZN WARNING Mounting Screw Use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when installing or removing external accessories Accessory Mounting Screws Refer to the information supplied with the replacement screws kit P N 11149 to determine the appropriate screws to use when removing or exchanging external accessories on an LTV Series ventilator Page 8 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Boots Temporary Removal Parts required for replacement Tools required e None e Phillips screwdriver with Replace if damaged torque meter e Finish Washers 6 P N 10191 To temporarily remove the upper protective boot 1 Carefully place and support the disconnected ventilator in an upright position on a clean dry surface 2 Prior to removing the mounting screws make note of where the screw is located in the leg of the upper boot see illustration below Note On earlier versi
120. anifold following the internal flexible tube routing configuration diagram previously noted see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Inspect all flexible tubes for tears at the connecting ends and replace worn or damaged tubes if necessary 21 22 x Replace the fan assembly see instructions on page 8 52 Replace the motor board using care to align the pass through connectors see instructions on page 8 77 23 Reconnect the 4 wire connector from the flow valve and the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine to the motor board e The keyed connectors can only be installed in one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 24 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 73 Memory Board The memory board contains the software that operates the ventilator The Memory Board should need to be replaced only when upgrading the software to a new version It is a generally a good practice to upgrade the ventilator software to the most current released version at the time the ventilator is being serviced This will ensure the advantage of all new features and reliability improvements CAUTION Software Caution Never install a version of software lower than the version originally installed in the ventilator Erroneous operation may result from the installation of an incompatible software version Gener
121. arm Set the High Pres Limit to 10 cmH2O below the Peak Inspiratory Pressure F Reset the High Pressure Limit alarm to 100 and clear the alarm G Connect 0 to 80 PSIG oxygen to the unit and set the O2 control to 60 Connect an external oxygen monitor to the patient circuit H Reset O2 control to 21 1 Disconnect the high pressure sense line from the ventilator J Reconnect the pressure sense lines and clear the alarm K Change control settings as follows 8 Mode Pressure Assist Control Pressure Control 40 PEEP Max Let the ventilator deliver several breaths to stabilize L Over Pressure Relief Valve pressure testing Connect patient outlet port to a calibrated manometer Connect with 22mm test adapter tubing and fittings as needed In SERVO mode set Turbine speed to 6000 and Flow to 10 78 For LTV 1000 only LOW O2 PRES alarm activates LOW MIN VOL alarm activates LOW PRES alarm activates HIGH PRES alarm activates e External oxygen monitor should read 55 to 65 Ono e No alarms activate DISC SENSE alarm activates on the next breath Selected Monitors should read as follows e PIP 36 to 44 cmH2 0 PEEP 17 to 23 cmH2O e No alarms activate e Patient Pressure must be less than or equal to 120 cmH20 lt 120 cmH20 Record Pass or Fail and the value on General Checkout Record Form i Oxygen source and tested O2 only apply to the LTV 1000 model 8 Pressure Mode and Press
122. at it is out of the way and will not be pinched when the back of the ventilator is replaced 12 There are 2 flexible tubes attached to the flow valve e Original configuration ventilator flow valves have two clear tubes top and bottom Some ventilator flow valves have one clear tube top and one clear tube with a yellow flag bottom Current configuration ventilator flow valves have one clear tube top and one orange tube bottom Connect the flexible tubes matching the configuration of the LTV ventilator model being serviced to the analog board e Orange tube e Clear tube with the yellow flag e Clear tube on the bottom of the flow valve on first original units only Page 8 58 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 13 Connect the top flexible tube clear on all configurations from the flow valve to port 5 on the solenoid manifold as shown Note difference in location of Valve Differential transducer between internal flexible tube routing configurations see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Solenoid Manifold Port 5 Oxygen Pressure Transducer Analog PCBA Board Valve Differential Transducer High Notch in Pressure Analog PCBA Port Board 14 Connect the 3 wire connector to the power board and the 4 wire connector to the motor board e Both connectors are keyed to only be installed in one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 15 Reconnect the internal battery see instruc
123. ation e lf flow valve replacement is indicated see Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly O gt Blender Checkout Verify the O2 blender Solenoid output flows as follows Remove the O2 blender see Chapter 8 O2 Blender Assembly O2 Inlet Block Reconnect the 8 wire connector from the O2 blender to the power board and the blender O2 tube Pisco connector to the O2 pressure transducer on the analog board Connect a calibrated flow meter to the blender output barb fitting and a 50 psi O2 source to the blender Oz inlet Set DIP switch 5 to ON Power the ventilator On in VENT MTNCE mode select SOLENOID and set solenoids 1 through 4 to Off Verify each of four solenoid s output flow is 0 0 Lom 0 5 Lom e f any are not within this range the O2 blender is defective and is to be replaced Select each solenoid individually set to On and record the output flow Solenoid Range 1 5 79 to 6 01 Lom 2 17 45 to 18 15 Lom 3 46 36 to 48 24 Lom 4 46 36 to 48 24 Lom e lf the output flows of all solenoids are within the specified range the O2 blender is correctly calibrated e f the output flow of any one of the solenoids is not within the specified range the O2 blender is defective and is to be replaced Set DIP switch 5 to Off power the ventilator Off and reinstall or replace the O2 blender per instructions in Chapter 8 O2 Blender Assembly O2 Inlet Block p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Ma
124. ation below The tool may need to be moved left or right along the gap to insert _ To Position the back surface of the lower portion of the tool against the turbine manifold with the lowest edge of the tool resting on the main PCBA below the power board Hold the lower portion of the tool against the turbine manifold and rotate the handle backwards and down toward the top surface of the turbine manifold to separate the power and main PCBA mating connectors see Cut away illustration below Power PCB Separator F Power PCB Separator Turbine i Manifold U N Mis a A Main 64 Pin aul re PCBA Connector 64 Pin Connectors Detail Cut away Page 8 92 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 13 Remove the power board flexing the left side panel slightly out of the way Earlier Version Power Board Shown P N 10134 64 Pin Header 14 Disconnect the two 2 wire connectors from the solenoids and remove the remaining mounting screw used with earlier version power boards or mounting nut used with current version power boards from the solenoid manifold e Earlier version LTV 800 ventilators do not have the 2 wire connectors on the power board or a purge solenoid on the solenoid manifold assembly 15 Remove the solenoid manifold from the power board Mounting Screw or Nut fe Not on Earlier Version LTV 800 2 Wire Connectors JP17 Connector S e m 1 _ gt Mounting Stud on
125. ators are to read and understand the following information about Warning Caution and Note statements before operating the LTV Series ventilator General warnings and cautions which apply any time you use the ventilator are listed here General and specific warnings and cautions also appear throughout this manual where they are most meaningful ZN WARNING Warning statements contain information about circumstances or practices that may cause serious and undesirable results or expose the patient or operator to danger CAUTION Caution statements contain information about circumstances or practices that may result in equipment damage Note Note statements contain additional information to assist in the proper operation of the LTV Series ventilators Page 1 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Warnings ZN WARNING WARNING Ventilator Service and Repair Only service technicians who have been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems Inc are authorized to perform repairs or maintenance on the LTV series ventilators Do not attempt to repair or replace any part of the ventilator unless you are trained and certified to do so by Pulmonetic Systems Personal injury could result Fire or Explosion Operation of the LTV Series ventilators in the presence of flammable gases could cause a fire or explosion Under no circumstances is the ventilator to be operated when explosive gases are
126. auses What to Do Defective power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Repeated HW FAULT alarms Event Log shows EEPROM Electro static discharge ESD Defective main board Clear the alarm Reduce static causing conditions in the operating environment Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Repeated HW FAULT alarms Event Log shows INTRRPT1 or INTRRPT2 Electro static discharge ESD Defective main board Clear the alarm Reduce static causing conditions in the operating environment Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions RESET alarm RESET alarm occurs at the conclusion of POST after performing the Watchdog test Battery Duration test or any other test which causes the ventilator to go inoperative other than pressing and holding the On Standby button Event Log shows LN VENT1 Software version 3 13 or higher installed This is a normal feature on ventilators with software version 3 13 or higher installed Press the Silence Reset button twice to clear the alarm RESET alarm Repeated RESET alarms Event Log shows CRC STACK POST or RUNAWAY RESET alarms CRC POST RUNAWAY STACK Electrostatic discharge ESD Defective memory board Defective main board All other causes Check the Eve
127. authorized personnel Pulmonetic Systems is not responsible for any unauthorized repairs or any repairs made by unauthorized procedures Use of an incorrect part or failure to exercise due care in the installation removal servicing checkout or calibration of parts and equipment may result in damage or malfunction of the equipment This may also result in damage to property and injury including death The purchaser and installer of these parts shall bear full responsibility and liability for the above All maintenance performed within the applicable warranty period must be authorized in advance by a Pulmonetic Systems Service representative in order to retain the warranty status of the subject unit Warranty Pulmonetic Systems warrants that the LTV Series ventilator is free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of one 1 year from the date of shipment or 8 800 hours as measured on the usage meter whichever comes first with the following limitations Patient circuit components including tubes exhalation manifold and other associated parts are warranted for sixty 60 days from date of shipment The internal battery is warranted for ninety 90 days from date of shipment Pulmonetic Systems will at its option either repair replace or issue credit for products that prove to be defective during the warranty period For warranty service or repair the product must be returned to Pulmonetic Systems or a serv
128. battery is not connected the LED is solid red connected Charge Status LED will show red Reconnect the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions Defective internal battery Replace the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions Defective power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Page 7 30 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Alarms Many alarms such as HIGH PRES or LOW O2 PRES can occur during normal operation Information on addressing alarms is covered in the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual Single occurrences of some alarms such as HW FAULT or RESET may be caused by ESD If these alarms recur and for other alarms that do not usually occur during normal operation follow the instructions in this section or contact Pulmonetic Systems using the contact information at the front of this manual Symptoms Possible Causes HIGH PRES Alarm silence was already occurred but alarm active Silence Reset LED did not sound is red Alarm automatically silenced after 3 seconds because condition cleared High pressure alarm delay is on HP DELAY is set to DELAY 1 BRTH or DELAY 2 BRTH Alarm doesn t sound Ventilator did not run for more than 1 minute Defective or disconnected sounder Defective power board What to Do The ventilator alarms can be si
129. below e Onearlier version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the top half of the slot near the circular notch e For current version ventilators the screw hole will align in the lower half of the slot Use a small Philips screwdriver and remove the five ventilator Back panel mounting screws and LTM LTV mounting bracket as shown Retain the screws for reuse when the Mounting bracket is reinstalled Upper Half earlier version LTV NOTE SCREW LOCATION 5 PRIOR TO REMOVING SCREW __ Lower Half current version LTV p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 25 LTMATV mounting bracket permanent removal earlier model LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter To permanently remove the LTM LTV mounting bracket 1 Remove the LTM LTV mounting block and bracket see instructions on page 8 25 2 One leg of the LTM LTV mounting bracket has a circular notch just above the elongated screw slot The length of the screw used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators screw is positioned in the upper half of the mounting bracket leg screw slot the use of a 3 16 screw is required e Oncurrent version ventilators screw is positioned in the lower half of the mounting bracket leg screw slot the use of a 1
130. bine speed value obtained above F Set up the ventilator as follows e Connect a 22mm adapter P N 10570 to the patient outlet port of the ventilator e Connect a hose from the 22mm adapter to a test hose connected to a manometer e Using pinch clamps P N 11529 block any other hoses branching from the test hose G Wait for the manometer to reach a stable value usually about one minute before taking a reading Requirement Pressure shall be gt 55 cmH20 at actual T S H Record the pressure and the actual T S values on the Performance Checkout Worksheet Remove the 22mm adapter from the ventilator 1 If the outlet pressure value is less than this value troubleshoot see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting For assistance call Pulmonetic Systems technical support using the contact information at the front of this manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 19 8 Perform a Servo Test Connect the ventilator to a high pressure oxygen source Connect an oxygen sensor to the 22 mm outlet port on the right side of the ventilator for fastest response or to the Patient Circuit Wye Note Oxygen source and tested O2 only apply to the LTV 1000 model When testing other models set turbine speed and flow only A Set flow listed under Insp Time to 10 e LTV 950 amp 900 Flow must be 10 turbine speed listed under High Press 1 0 Lpm 4 9 Inlet AG be O00 vanes tO S002 IMG a
131. blades while removing the fan filter grill or filter a HW FAULT may occur This is normal Clear the HW FAULT alarm by using the Silence Reset button 3 Gently bathe the filter in a solution of a mild liquid detergent and warm water 4 Remove all detergent by thoroughly rinsing the filter in warm water 5 Examine the filter for damage discard and replace if necessary and allow it to thoroughly air dry before reinstallation 6 Reinstall the filter 7 Reposition the filter grill over the filter and apply light pressure until it fully seats clicks into the filter housing CAUTION Wet or Damp Filters Do not install a wet or damp filter into the LTV Series ventilators This could damage the ventilator Page 8 54 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Valve Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Flow Valve Assembly P N 10019 e Phillips screwdriver with torque e Silicone Gel Lubricant P N 10123 meter e Thermistor Cable P N 11399 e Grounded anti static wrist strap Replace if damaged e Flow Valve Insertion Tool e Sealing Gasket P N 10175 Mylar P N 14206 e 13 4 Pan head Screw 2 P N 10434 If not previously installed e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 e Spiral Wrap 1 P N 10919 e Label Stepping Motor Connector 1 P N 11322 e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions To remove the flow valve assembly
132. c Systems Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 4 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information Page 8 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flat head Screw _ 2 places A on Flat head Screw Upper Hole Earlier Version SCREW LENGTH IS __ DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE 7 s INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS Lower Hole Current Version 6 Torque tighten the mounting screws to these specified values e Torque tighten the screws in the legs of the boot to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm e Torque tighten the screws in the sides of the boot to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 11 To reinstall the lower protective boot 1 Lay the ventilator down front up and orient the lower boot to the ventilator as shown in the illustration below 2 Move the boot into position on the bottom of the ventilator and align its four screw holes with the corresponding holes in the ventilator side panels e Ensure the orientation arrows on the bottom of the boot are aligned up as shown below 3 Insert and thread four 1 2 4 40 flat head mounting screws with finish washers through the screw holes in the sides of the lower boot as indicated in the illustration below 4 Torque tighten all four
133. calibrated pressure meter e f reading is between 46 to 54 cmH 0O the unit is functioning properly e If reading is less than 46 cmH20 or more than 54 cmH20O proceed to the next test Check transducer accuracy as follows Select the RT XDCR DATA menu and verify the accuracy of the following transducers by applying the specified pressures to the applicable port or transducer e When as performed record the readout for each test and refer to the Transducer Tolerance Variance Table see page 7 24 for tolerance variance actions to be taken AP Pressure Support or Pressure Control 1 Verify the RISE TIME in VENT OP is set to Profile 5 2 Apply 50 cmH 0 to the high side port and verify the AP readout is within 0 5 cmH2O of the applied pressure 3 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient air When the display value stabilizes verify the AP readout is within 0 5 cmH20 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 23 FVd Delivered Volume 1 Apply 15 cmH 0O to the flow valve differential transducer at the high side port and verify the FVd readout is within 0 5 cmH20 of the applied pressure 2 Disconnect the tube from the syringe to the high pressure port of the valve differential transducer so the connection is open to ambient air When the displayed value stabilizes verify the FVd readout is within 0 5 cmH20 FDw Monitored Volume 1 Apply 30 cmH2 0 to the Flow Diff
134. ce Manual Page D 7 Event Name Code Event Associated Alarm N A 82 Reserved for future use N A 83 Reserved for future use N A 84 Reserved for future use N A 85 Reserved for future use N A 86 Reserved for future use N A 87 Reserved for future use Page D 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Event Trace Data Definitions XDC FLT1 Four binary digits ABCD where A represents the Flow Differential narrow FDn transducer channel B represents the Flow Differential wide FDw transducer channel C represents the Flow Differential bi directional FDb transducer channel D represents the Airway Pressure AP transducer and 1 fault 0 okay For example 0100 represents a failed auto zero on the FDw channel HOME ER1 1 or 1 where 1 represents the clockwise direction 1 represents the counterclockwise direction AD MMTCH AD MTCH1 xx A D channel where 0 Flow Differential Narrow FDn 1 Flow Differential Wide FDw 2 Flow Valve Differential FVd 3 Airway Pressure AP 4 Oxygen Pressure O2 5 not used 6 Flow Valve Temperature FVt 7 External Voltage EV 8 Battery Voltage BV 9 not used 10 Flow Differential Bi Directional FDb 11 V ref 2 signal on power board 12 V ref ve signal on power board 13 V ref ve signal on power board yyyy signed difference of A D 1 count A D 2 count p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual
135. cedures O2 concentration FiO2 problems involving calibration of the See page 7 26 oxygen pressure transducer flow valve and O2 blender e Power and Battery Includes problems with turning the ventilator on operating from Operation external power sources battery operation or duration and vent See page 7 28 inops e Alarms Includes problems with recurring alarms See page 7 31 e Checkout Test Failures Includes problems detected while performing the VENT CHECK See page 7 37 and VENT MTNCE tests e Test Lung Operation Includes problems encountered when operating the ventilator See page 7 41 with a test lung p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 1 The troubleshooting tables are organized by symptom then by possible causes and methods of diagnosing and resolving the problem If you do not find the symptom you are looking for under one section you may find it listed under another section or you may be able to diagnose the problem by reading sections with related symptoms For information on resolving problems that are not listed here contact Pulmonetic Systems using the contact information at the front of this manual Displays and Buttons Some of the symptoms listed in this section are part of the normal operation of the ventilator and do not indicate any problem with the ventilator They are included here for completeness Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Pressure Control Pressure co
136. cement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit 11149 e Phillips screwdriver with Replace if damaged torque meter e Finish Washers 6 P N 10191 To permanently remove the Upper Protective Boot 1 Carefully support the disconnected ventilator in an upright position on a clean dry surface 2 Prior to removing the mounting screws make note of where the screw is located in the leg of the upper boot see illustration on the next page Note e On earlier version ventilators the screw will be in the upper hole e For current version ventilators the screw will be in the lower hole of the leg 3 Using a Philips screwdriver remove the two flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the legs of the upper boot and the two flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the sides of the upper boot as shown in the illustration on the next page 4 One leg of the upper boot has an additional screw hole furthest from the end of the leg The length of the screw is used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators screw located in the upper hole in the leg of the boot the use of a 3 16 screw is required e Oncurrent version ventilators screw located in the lower hole in the leg of the boot the use of a 1 4 screw is required 5 Remove the upper boot and insert and thread two pan head mounting screws of the correct length into the screw holes in the ventila
137. cted the following controls may not be lit and will not operate Volume Pressure Mode Pressure Control 02 Low Pressure O2 Source Verify the model number selected in VENT MTNCE MODEL matches the model number on the front of the ventilator See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions Page 7 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms CONTINUED A control doesn t operate Set Value knob doesn t operate Can t unlock the Possible Causes Front panel ribbon cable not properly connected Front panel ribbon cable damaged Defective switch What to Do Remove the power board to access the ribbon cable connection on the main board Disconnect and reconnect the front panel ribbon cable connector See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Handle the ribbon cable carefully to avoid scratching or damaging it Replace the front panel See Chapter 8 Front Panel for instructions Rotary switch is disconnected Defective rotary switch Verify the rotary switch is properly connected If necessary replace the rotary switch assembly See Chapter 8 Rotary Switch Set Value Knob Assembly for instructions Defective main board Hard unlock method Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Two unlock methods are available on the controls selected under CTRL LTV Series ventilato
138. curely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Page 7 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Low Pressure display LOW PRES alarm The Low Pressure display is flashed and flashing occurred the LOW PRES message is displayed when a low pressure alarm occurs The display will continue to flash even after the condition clears See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the LOW PRES alarm feature Low Min Vol display LOW MIN VOL alarm The Low Min Vol display is flashed and flashing occurred the LOW MIN VOL message is displayed when a low minute volume alarm occurs The display will continue to flash even after the condition clears See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the LOW MIN VOL alarm feature O2 display LOW O2 PRES or HIGH The O2 display is flashed and the LOW flashing O2 PRES alarm occurred O2 PRES or HIGH O2 PRES message is displayed when a low or high O pressure alarm occurs The display will continue to flash even after the condition clears See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the LOW O2 PRES and HIGH O2 PRES alarm features Control display Control setting is limited A control s value may be limited by the flashing when setting current settings of other controls See the a control LTV Series or LTV 800
139. cycling Circuit leak Sense lines are reversed High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Pressure Control or Pressure Support set below PEEP Failed auto zero Leak Compensation is not on Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass flexible tube Failed calibration Run a Leak Test and reseat or replace the leaking parts or connections See Chapter 2 Leak Test for instructions The sense lines are not designed to be removed from either the wye or the Luer fittings If the sense lines have been removed and replaced incorrectly they may not seal correctly when replaced Replace the patient wye and sense lines with a known good assembly Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Verify the control values are appropriately set Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Verify that
140. d Inspiration Time to 1 5 seconds Attach a test lung with a compliance of 10ml cmH O and a resistance of 5 cm L sec and allow the unit to warm up for one hour Page 7 22 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 3 Allow the unit to run for 1 minute and record the displayed Vte average for 8 consecutive breaths Then stand the unit upright allow it to run for 1 minute and record the displayed Vte average for 8 consecutive breaths e f the difference between the two recorded averages is greater than 100 mL the Bypass Valve may be faulty and the following should be performed e Check the tubing from the flow valve to the turbine manifold for leaks and replace if damaged or leaking e lf the tubing is OK replace the turbine manifold See Chapter 8 Turbine Manifold for instructions Transducer Accuracy Checkout High target pressures and short inspiration times coupled with fast rise times may be beyond the capacity of the ventilator For problems with Pressure Support or Pressure Control first verify the ventilator is functioning properly Check ventilator functionality 1 Set the ventilator up as follows e Attach a test lung with a compliance of 10ml cmH20 and a resistance of 5 cm L sec e Set Rise time Profile 5 e Set Inspiration Time 1 0 sec e Set Sensitivity OFF e Set Pressure Control Flow Termination OFF 2 Set Pressure Control to 50 cmH2O and measure the Peak Inspiration Pressure PIP with a
141. d cleaner warm water and a soft brush Rinse the filter thoroughly to remove all traces of the cleanser Allow the filter to dry completely before replacing it in the ventilator 5 Inspect the filter for damage If the filter cannot be completely cleaned or shows signs of damage replace it with a new filter and O ring 6 Replace the filter by sliding it back into the Oz inlet port Replace the O ring making sure it is completely tucked under the retaining lip on the inside of the Oz inlet port 7 Reconnect the high pressure O line or the barbed adapter and low pressure O line Page 8 86 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H O2 Blender Cap LTV 1000 Only Parts required for replacement Tools required e O2 blender cap kit P N 15016 001 e Philips screwdriver with torque If not already installed the O2 Blender Cap should be installed as follows 1 Place the unit face up on a clean surface Remove the bottom right O2 blender screw as illustrated 2 Place the retainer ring for the O2 blender cap between the washer and the screw as shown 3 Rotate the retainer so that it is horizontal and does not cover text on the blender label 4 Ensure that the grounding clip is straight in the U slot and torque the screw to 60 in oz with a 2 Phillips Bit 5 Thread the O2 blender Cap onto the inlet port of the blender until fully seated Ga O2 Port Cap Yos 3S TTD Cap Leash nS
142. d from 5 l Alarm must activate at start of next unit inspiration Pressure Operation Control Settings 5 K Monitors should read as follows Pressure Assist Control Pressure Control 40 PEEP Maximum PIP 36 to 44 cmH2O PEEP 17 to 23 cmH20 No alarms activate OPRV test 33 Only applicable to the LTV 800 900 and 950 34 Not applicable on the LTV 800 or 900 85 Not applicable to the LTV 800 8 Only applicable to the LTV 1000 87 Pressure Mode and Pressure Control only apply to the LTV 1000 and LTV 950 Page 9 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 18327 001 A Addendum 1 TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL In SERVO mode set Turbine speed to 5 L Patient Pressure must be less than or equal 6000 and Flow to 10 to 120 cmH20 lt 120 cmH20 Connect patient outlet port to a calibrated manometer Power Alarm Return to normal ventilation mode 5 M POWER LOST alarm activates Disconnect AC adapter from ventilator Battery Level LED illuminates showing the charge level Ventilator continues to operate from internal battery INOP Alarm Clear the POWER LOST alarm Turn 5 N After the ventilator is turned off the INOP the ventilator off Wait 15 seconds alarm sounds continuously for a duration of 15 seconds Vent Inop LED illuminates continuously for a
143. d into the space between the bottom of the manifold and the bottom edge of the upper weldment so that it is out of the way and will not be pinched when the back of the ventilator is replaced _ O N 14 Replace the internal inlet filter see instructions on page 8 69 15 Replace the left soft side see instructions on page 8 99 16 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Page 8 110 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chapter 9 FINAL CHECKOUT TEST This section provides a set of checkout tests that should be performed after modifications have been made to the ventilator Checkout worksheets are provided after the test instructions for recording the results of each checkout test Checkout Test Selection The following matrix shows what tests should be performed based on what parts have been replaced Note that Calibration and Power Checkout must be done while the back panel is off the ventilator No checkout tests are required when changing the External Inlet filter the O Inlet filter and the fan filter Calibration Power General Performance Oxygen 24 Hour Part Replaced Required Checkout Checkout Checkout Checkout Burn in Alarm Sounder X Analog Board Assembly Xx X X X X X Fan Assembly X X Flow Valve Assembly X X X X Xx Front Panel X X Interior Inlet filter X Internal Battery Pack X X
144. dal Volume TIDAL VOLUME Pressure Control PRES CONTROL Inspiratory Time INSP TIME Pressure Support VOL A C Oo 02 Sensitivity SENSITIVITY High Pressure Alarm HIGH PRES Low Peak Pressure LOW PRES Low Minute Volume LOW VOL Silence Reset SILENCE On Standby ON STNDBY Volume amp Pressure MODE VOL PRS Assist Control amp SIMV CPAP MODE A C S C Inspiratory Expiratory Hold IE HOLD Manual Breath MANUAL BRTH Low Pressure O Source LOW PRES 02 Control Lock CONTROL LOCK Set Value Knob rotate Left ROTATE LEFT Set Value Knob rotate Right ROTATE RIGHT 4 Test the Set Value knob by turning it clockwise and counterclockwise Verify that the direction of rotation is displayed in the display window 5 To exit the control test press the Select button again and the next menu item is displayed If the ventilator fails the Control Test see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information 4 Not applicable to the LTV 800 and 900 SLTV 1000 only Page 2 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Leak Test The Leak test is used to test the patient circuit for leaks To run the Leak Test 1 At the end of the Control test LEAK shows in the LED Display window 2 Attach all patient circuit accessories such as water traps heated circuits and humidifiers to the patient circuit 3 Connect the patient circuit to the LTV Series ventilator 4 With a clean gloved hand or 4 X4 gauze pad occlude the
145. decrease the control setting The control should operate normally p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 101 Solenoid Manifold Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Solenoid Manifold Assembly P N 10710 or e Phillips screwdriver with torque e Solenoid Manifold Assembly P N 14125 meter If not already installed e 1 4 Nut Driver adapter for torque e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions wrench e Software version 3 13 or higher e Grounded anti static wrist strap e 7 8 Red colored Pan head Screw P N 10607R e 1 4 4 40 Hex Nut P N 10342 e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 To replace the Solenoid Manifold 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Disconnect the flexible tubes from the solenoid manifold see page 8 39 to 8 44 Note Before disconnecting or removing any of the tubes review the internal flexible tube routing Configurations table and diagrams see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Identify the diagram for tube routing configuration that exists in the ventilator being serviced Refer to the appropriate diagram when reconnecting the tubes for the current configuration using the LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit P N 11684 3 Disconnect the two 2 wire connectors from the Purge Solenoids and remove the two mounting screws from the solenoid manifold used
146. ded to version 3 13 or greater to accommodate power board P N 15000 e P N 14157 Power PCBA Replacement Kit This kit is required if the unit being serviced has a Pigtail cable assembly installed and the technician has the equipment necessary to upgrade the memory board software It contains the power board P N 15000 and replacement hardware e P N 14425 Power PCBA w Memory Board Replacement Kit This kit is required if the unit being serviced has a Pigtail cable assembly installed but the technician does not have the equipment necessary to upgrade the memory board software It contains the power board P N 15000 replacement hardware and e Programmed memory board e LTV tubing enhancement kit e P N 11590 Power PCBA w DC Cord Replacement Kit This kit is required if the unit being serviced does not have a Pigtail cable assembly installed and the technician does not have the equipment necessary to upgrade the memory board software It contains the power board P N 15000 replacement hardware and e Pigtail cable assembly and interface bracket e Programmed memory board e LTV tubing enhancement kit p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 89 Parts required for replacement Tools required e Power PCBA Replacement Kit P N 14157 14425 or 11590 Phillips screwdriver with e P N 11498 Pigtail Cable Assembly 1 anaes on e P N 11514 Electrical Connector Interface Bracket 1 AEA S A
147. dhered 3 places as shown Centered in area SGP 1 5 8 Remove the protective backing from the Memory Board Secure Pad P N 10597 and insert it between the left side of the battery cover and the edge of the bottom assembly P N 10104 as shown above e The adhesive side of the pad should be indexed downward such that the adhesive comes in contact with the flanged edge of the battery cover e For ease of assembly you may need to remove a small amount of pad material to clear the PEM fastener located on the battery cover Additionally use a small amount of RTV silicon adhesive P N 10122 to bond the pad to the cover p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 67 9 Place aLTV Battery Replacement Label P N 10927 on the top surface of the Battery Cover The label should be orientated such that it can be read while you have the battery compartment closest to you and the flange with the grounding clips P N 10752 is farthest away 10 Replace the battery cover making sure the center channel of the grommet is seated in the grommet cut out in the center or left side of the battery cover 11 Visually align the threaded fasteners on the battery cover with the through holes in the back cover Replace the 4 pan head screws in the holes in the bottom inside flange and for current version battery covers the 2 flat head screws in the top outside flange Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 12 Flip
148. display windows align over the corresponding openings Press the membrane panel into place making sure the adhesive is well seated in all places 14 Turn the ventilator over Reconnect the ribbon cable see instructions on page 8 70 Be careful not to scratch the ribbon cable 15 Replace the power board see instructions on page 8 89 Page 8 64 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 16 Replace the Alarm sounder see instructions on page 8 45 17 Reconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector and 2 wire sounder connectors to the power board e These keyed connectors can only be installed in one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 18 Reconnect the 5 flexible tubes to the solenoid manifold following the internal flexible tube routing configuration diagram previously noted see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Inspect all flexible tubes for tears at the connecting ends and replace worn or damaged tubes if necessary 19 Replace the motor board using care to align the pass through connectors see instructions on page 8 77 20 Reconnect the 4 wire connector from the flow valve and the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine to the motor board e The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 21 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 3
149. dity environments it may need to be cleaned more often If the filter is damaged or can not be thoroughly cleaned it should be replaced Parts required for replacement Tools required Replace if damaged e Mild cleanser e Inlet Filter Reticulated Foam P N 10258 e Soft cleaning brush To clean or replace the External Inlet filter 1 Gently pinch the External Inlet filter and remove it from its housing on the left side of the ventilator 2 Clean the filter using a mild cleanser and warm water Rinse the filter thoroughly to remove all traces of the cleanser and gently wring it out Allow the filter to dry completely before replacing it in the ventilator 3 Inspect the filter for damage If the filter is not intact shows signs of damage or cannot be completely cleaned replace it with a new filter 4 Replace the filter by tucking it into its housing on the left side of the vent Make sure the filter lies flat and is seated all the way into the housing p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 51 Fan Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Fan Assembly P N 10675 e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter Replace if damaged e Grounded anti static wrist strap e 5 8 Flat head Screw 2 P N 10499 e Nut 2 P N 10342 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions One of two fan housings will be installed in the v
150. djust the Step position Tidal Volume button until the delivered flow matches the desired flow as shown above Press the Manual Breath button after each adjustment h From the adjusted value record the magnitude of the adjustment from the original VHome value For example if the original VHome value was 220 and the adjusted step position is 215 then the magnitude of the change would be 220 215 5 steps 22 EVt is optional not available on the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 27 i Turn the Servo off From the VENT MTNCE CONFIG FLOW VALVE menu adjust the VHOME by the negative value of the value in the previous step For example for an adjustment value of 5 from the previous step increase the VHOME value by 5 Push the Select button before exiting this menu Push the control lock button to exit this menu e The adjustable range for the stainless steel sphere flow valve is 200 240 e Flow valve assembly requires replacement if adjusted value is outside of this range j Continue the steps f thru i until the delivered flow matches the required flow with an FVd 15 00 cmH 0O Be sure to frequently check the FVt temperature reading to make certain the required flow value is appropriate for the monitored flow k Record the ending VHome position turbine speed and measured flow on the flow valve Calibration Worksheet on page 6 29 1 Install new VHome label showing the resultin
151. duration of 15 seconds Clear the Inop alarm Test is complete 5 O Confirming audible Chirp must activate after alarm is silenced Patient Assist Port Connect Patient Assist Cable Normally 6 A Closed P N 10779 reconnect AC adapter power ventilator up and clear all alarms Measure plug resistance 6 B Resistance 2 3 ohm Change High Pressure Limit setting to 5 6 C Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms create alarm and measure plug resistance Return High Pressure Limit setting to 6 D 100 and clear all alarms Turn ventilator off leaving alarm 6 E Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms sounding and measure plug resistance Press Silence Reset to clear alarm and 6 F Resistance 2 3 ohm measure plug resistance Disconnect Patient Assist Cable 6 G Normally Closed P N 10779 and connect Patient Assist Cable Normally Open P N 10780 Power ventilator up clear alarms and 6 H Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms measure plug resistance Change High Pressure Limit setting to 5 6 l Resistance lt 2 3 ohm create alarm and measure plug resistance Return High Pressure Limit setting to 6 J 100 and clear all alarms Turn ventilator off leaving alarm 6 K Resistance lt 2 3 ohm sounding and measure plug resistance Press Silence Reset button to clear 6 L Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms alarm and measure plug resistance Burn In Set Current Date 7 A Current Date Date Format p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 9
152. e Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators If the ventilator fails the Leak Test see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information Page 2 10 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Vent Inop Alarm Test The Vent Inop alarm test is used to verify that the Inop alarm is working correctly To run the Vent Inop alarm test 1 Torun the Vent Inop alarm test the ventilator must be on running for at least 60 seconds 2 Turn the ventilator off by pressing and holding the On Standby button for a minimum of 3 seconds DO NOT press the Silence Reset button 3 Observe the ventilator for 15 seconds and verify that both of the following occur e The alarm tone sounds continuously for a full 15 seconds e The Vent Inop LED illuminates continuously for a full 15 seconds Vent Inop LED illuminated Airway Pressure cmH 0 pus 5 PulmoneticS ystems LTV1000 Vent nop Sierce Reset C 4 Silence the alarm by pressing the Silence Reset button 5 Verify a confirming audible chirp occurs after the alarm is silenced Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators If the ventilator fails the Vent Inop alarm test see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting for more information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 11 Exit To exit VENT CH
153. e End of tube should be inserted 4 inside ventilator Operate the vent for a minimum of 5 minutes at the required settings 113 Applicable on LTV1000 only 18327 001 A Addendum 1 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Page 9 31 24 Hour Burn in Tools required e 1 liter or greater test lung 1 Perform a 24 hour Burn in test Connect the AC adapter to a valid AC power source e Connect the patient circuit to the ventilator and to a test lung with a compliance of 10 ml cmH20 and a resistance of 5 cm L sec e Do not connect the Oxygen supply 2 Power the ventilator up 3 Set the ventilator controls to the settings shown below These are factory defaults with the High Pressure Limit value deliberately set high to avoid unwanted alarms Front Panel Control Settings Control Setting Control Setting Breath Rate 12 bpm High Pres Limit 100 cmH2O0 Tidal Volume 500 ml Low Pres 5 cmH20 Pressure 1 cmH O Low Minute Volume 2 5 Lom Control Inspiratory Time 1 5 sec Volume Pressure Volume Pressure 1 cmH20 Ventilation Mode Assist Control Support O 21 Low Pres O Source Off Sensitivity 2 Lpm LTV 1000 950 900 Control Lock On 3 cmH O LTV 800 Extended Features Default Settings Feature Default Alarm Volume 85 dBA Apnea Interval 20 sec HP Alarm Delay No Delay LPP Alarm All Breaths Rise Time 4 Profile 1 5 Var
154. e Input O Flow Chart see Appendix E Input O2 Flow Chart Pulmonetic Systems recommends the use of an O monitor to verify delivered 02 Adjust the entrained O flow so the monitored value shows the desired FlO2 See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for information on using the Low O Source and O2 features Verify that the Low Oz Source is on when using a low flow low pressure source and off when using a high pressure source See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for information on using the Low O Source and O2 features Perform the Advanced FiO Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 26 Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold analog board oxygen blender or flow valve are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Perform the Advanced FiO Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 26 34 LTV 1000 only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 15 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do
155. e Removed Softside Removed 2 Replace the 4 screws into the turbine manifold Screws should be torqued to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm e f not previously installed replace with 1 7 8 Black colored pan head screws 4 P N 10918B p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 83 High Pressure 02 Inlet Cap Check the rubber grommets P N 10630 and grounding clips P N 10752 on the oxygen blender mounting for wear and replace if necessary Replace the four 4 blender mounting screws P N 10176 and metal washers P N 10594 Use a straight edged screwdriver or pick to prevent each of the clips from turning as the screws are tightened Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm The clips should be positioned so the folded edge is oriented up and parallel with the back of the ventilator If the upper clips are not aligned with the edge of the side panel the back panel of the ventilator will not seat correctly If not already installed secure the O2 blender cap at this point as shown on page 8 87 Grounding Clip reposition if dislodged 7 Grommet 02 Cap blue Leash i a e Left Side View Top View Lay the wire tubing bundle from the blender along the side of the turbine manifold on top of the power board between the motor board connector standoffs and the side of the manifold Press the O tube from the blender into the barrel connector to the oxygen transducer located on the an
156. e 1 5 Symbols Symbol Compliance Title Application ISO 3864 Caution refer to Direct the user to the instruction Prev IEC 348 accompanying manual where it is necessary to follow Symbol No documents certain specified instructions where B34 safety is involved IEC 417 Fuse Indicates the location of fuses SF symbol No 417 IEC 5016 IEC 417 Output Identifies an output terminal when it is gt Symbol No 417 necessary to distinguish between IEC 5035 inputs and outputs IEC 417 Protective earth To identify any terminal which is Symbol No 417 ground intended for connection to an external IEC 5019 protective conductor for protection against electric shock in case of a fault or the terminal of a protective earth ground electrode D IEC 417 Type BF equipment To mark type BF equipment complying 4 AN Symbol No 417 with IEC Publication 601 IEC 5333 IEC 417 Direct Current Indicates on the rating plate that the se aa Symbol No 417 equipment is suitable for direct current IEC 5031 only to identify relevant terminals IEC 417 Alternating current Indicates on the rating plate that the P Symbol No 417 equipment is suitable for alternating IEC 5032 current only identifies relevant terminals IEC 417 Class Il equipment To identify equipment meeting safety Symbol No 417 requirements specified for Class Il IEC 5172 equipment IEC 60417 Sound audio Identifies controls or terminals related
157. e 10 amp 60 Hz amp meter set to measure between 400 and 700 ma To calibrate the motor drive CAUTION Calibration Tool and ventilator Damage To avoid damaging the ventilator turn the ventilator off and disconnect the AC Adapter before attaching the calibration tool 1 Turn the ventilator OFF and disconnect the AC Adapter from the unit 2 Disconnect the 4 wire flow valve cable from J4 on the motor board and connect it to the male 4 wire connector on the calibration tool Connect the female 4 wire connector from the calibration tool to J4 on the motor board Connect the calibration tool to the ammeter Turn the calibration tool to Open Ammeter Motor Drive Calibration Tool 19 The Motor Drive Calibration tool is available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 19 8 Set the calibration tool to A Reconnect the AC adapter to the ventilator Turn the ventilator on silence alarms and enter the CALIBRATION menu Turn to MOTOR DRIVE and press Select MA 600ma xxx is displayed where the xxx is a numeric value The Phase A amp meter will show a positive value Turn the Set Value knob on the ventilator right or left until the amp meter reads 600ma or as close as possible Record the numeric value that was displayed in the window on the Calibration Worksheet and press Select A 600ma xxx is displayed where the xxx
158. e Differential transducer between tube routing configurations see pages 8 39 through 8 44 The Calibration Syringe is available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 Page 6 14 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H aa SAMI Orange or Clear with yi Yellow Flag or Clear and j from bottom of Flow Valve Analog PCBA Board Valve Differential Transducer High Pressure Port Note The tube routing diagram shown is for the LTV1000 current configuration See pages 8 40 through 8 45 for other possible tube routing configurations 3 Remove a Luer fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly Connect the tube from the syringe to the High Pressure Port of the Valve Differential transducer the port nearest the analog board Use the Pinch Clamp on the unused line from the Calibration Syringe assembly to hold the pressure steady Increase to and maintain the pressure at 15 0 0 2 cmH20 Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet on page 6 24 VD 0 wH20 is displayed p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 15 Disconnect the tube from the syringe to the High Pressure Port of the Valve Differential transducer and observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting windo
159. e circumstances such as mechanical shock may cause the flow valve calibration to change from its factory set condition This flow valve calibration procedure can be used to adjust the flow valve calibration setting to compensate for improper flows measured during the Performance Checkout procedure LTV software includes an adjustable VHOME option to allow for field calibration of the flow valve Specifically the location of the flow valve HOME position Flag can be set relative to the position sensor Proper ventilator flow performance depends on several conditions such as transducer calibration and lack of leaks in the airway passages in addition to flow valve calibration Flow valve recalibration should only be performed after all other factors affecting flow performance are verified to be correct This procedure is designed so that it checks the other factors contributing to flow performance before adjusting the flow valve calibration For this reason it is important to follow this flow valve calibration procedure completely and in the stated order Enter the measurements on the flow valve Calibration Worksheet on page 6 29 CAUTION Recalibration of the flow valve When recalibrating the flow valve this procedure must be followed completely and in the listed order of events Calibration of the Valve Differential see page 6 14 and Motor Drive see page 6 19 must be performed prior to performing flow valve calibration 1 Det
160. e the internal battery pack the motor board the internal air inlet filter or the Oxygen Blender Inlet filter see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement 30 000 Hour Maintenance After every 30 000 hours of operation a complete ventilator maintenance should be performed To perform a 30 000 hour maintenance do the following e Perform all items on the Monthly and 10 000 hour maintenance lists e Replace the Turbine Manifold assembly e Replace the solenoid manifold e Replace the flow valve e Replace the Rotary Knob assembly e Replace the Oz blender e Replace the fan assembly e Replace all silicone tubing e Check the thermal pads for compression and replace if necessary For instructions on all these procedures see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement 11 Replacement at 10 000 hours or 2 years is based on normal use of up to 200 full charge cycles or 400 partial charge cycles The battery may need to be replaced more frequently if it is being charged more often The battery should also be replaced any time it fails to reach a full charge or if the ventilator runs for less than 40 minutes on a fully charged battery p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 5 3 Chapter 6 MAINTENANCE amp CALIBRATION Operating Theory The LTV Series ventilator utilizes an electromechanical pneumatic system under the control of a microprocessor to deliver patient ventilation The following
161. e to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched The monitored PEEP can be viewed using the RT XDCR DATA display See Chapter 3 Real Time Transducer Data for instructions on using RT data If the monitored PEEP is significantly different from the actual PEEP the calibration may be off or the transducers may not be working correctly Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Defective analog board Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 17 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Delivered and monitored volumes VHome setting does not match flow valve Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration pressures and sensitivity are off Failed calibration Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Delivered volume is Diaphragm is incorrectly high seated in the exhalation valve Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaph
162. e ventilator Set communications setting to MONITOR mode See the LTV Series Operator s Manual P N 10664 for detailed instructions Check LTM compatibility in the Model Number menu See the LTV Series Operator s Manual P N 10664 for detailed instructions If the ventilator is not LTM compatible it will require upgrading to accommodate the LTM Graphics Monitor Check the Communications Data Cable connection between the ventilator s communications port and the LTM Graphics Monitor s Data Port See the LTM Graphics Monitor Operator s Manual P N 11010 for detailed instructions 3 LTM compatibility is not available on the LTV 800 ventilator p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 21 Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures If the ventilator Monitored Exhaled Volume Vte readout Delivered Volume to the lung Target Pressures or Inspired Volumes LTM only appear incorrect perform the following checkout procedures e When instructed to replace a subassembly component that fails any of the following checkout procedures verify the original problem is resolved once the subassembly component has been replaced If the original problem is not resolved continue through the next Advanced Diagnostic Checkout procedure Transducer Null Checkout Check the null or zero of the transducer for drift as follows 1 Power up the unit in VENT CHECK and select the XDCR ZERO menu 2 Record the f
163. eal O2 Donut 10603 e Seal Side 10881 e Soft Side Left 10105 e Soft Side Right 10106 e Solenoid Manifold Assembly 10710 e Solenoid Manifold Assembly 14125 e Spacer Manifold to back panel 11521 e Spring Knob 10443 e Standoff 3 16 Hex 11543 e Switch Rotary with hex nut 11190 e Tie Cable 10466 e Turbine Manifold Assembly 11490 e Washer Rotary Switch Assembly 11644 e Washer Finish 10191 e Wrap Spiral 10919 e Sounder Alarm 17432 001 e Thermal conductive pad Turbine Cap 14227 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 11 Settings Dip Switch The following Dip Switch Settings table provides Dip Switch factory set default information 1 Force all LEDs to turn on Use in conjunction with dip switch 5 OFF 2 Intended for factory use only OFF Force O pressure to 50 psi regardless of inlet pressure 3 Intended for factory use only OFF Disallow dimming when on battery and no Front Panel activity after 60 seconds 4 Intended for factory use only OFF 5 OFF Normal operation OFF ON Maintenance mode for calibration 6 Intended for factory use only ON RTC clock battery connection 7 Intended for factory use only OFF ON Flash write enabled 8 Intended for factory use only ON ON Flash write protect Os 6 ef ee Switches 7 A gt N lt PE DIP Switches e g 6 and 8 ON Sore 1 2 3 4 5 and 7 OFF ON y Page E 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual
164. ed interval must be 6 0 0 5 the start of two consecutive sec breaths The Turbine Pressure Test Adapter is available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 Not applicable to the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 15 3 Perform a pressure control test A Set Pressure Control to 50 cmH O and select Pressure Mode Set the RISE TIME under the VENT OP menu as required 1 through 9 depending on test lung used to achieve 50 cmH2O pressure B Measure the steady state pressure during inspiration measured from 0 pressure baseline Measured steady state pressure must be 50 4 cmH20 4 Perform a sensitivity test A Set the ventilator as follows PEEP 5 Breath Rate 6 Tidal Volume 700 Inspiration Time 2 0 Control Mode Volume B Set Leak Compensation OFF Sensitivity 2 Lom for LTV 1000 950 amp 900 or 3 cmH20 for LTV 800 Press and hold the SELECT button Status monitor window displays ALARM OP Rotate SET VALUE knob Status monitor window displays VENT OP Press SELECT button and rotate SET VALUE knob Status monitor window displays LEAK COMP Press SELECT button and rotate SET VALUE knob Status monitor window displays COMP OFF Press SELECT button and press CONTROL LOCK button 2 times C Observe the PATIENT EFFORT LED on the upper right hand side of the ven
165. een selected in VENT MTNCE See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration Verify the rotary switch is properly connected If necessary replace the rotary switch assembly See Chapter 8 Rotary Switch Set Value Knob Assembly for instructions is displayed Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions CONTROL Test Front panel ribbon cable Remove the power board to access the The name of a button control is not displayed when the control is pressed or an incorrect control name is not properly connected ribbon cable connection on the main board Disconnect and reconnect the front panel ribbon cable connector See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Handle the ribbon cable carefully to avoid scratching or damaging it displayed Front panel ribbon cable Replace the front panel See Chapter 8 damaged Front Panel for instructions Defective switch Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions LEAK Test Circuit connections or Reseat or replace the leaking circuit parts Leak test fails accessories are leaking Wye is not properly capped accessories or connections Verify the wye is securely capped See Chapter 2 Leak Test for instructions Page 7 38 Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections
166. eesaeeeeaas 1 2 WalihinGS oeii aier i eats Ala ta Fe hi aan al dase vain ae ae Jae ean 1 3 GAUN Siiani yaaa casa tn ee ne a ene ae eee 1 4 SY MDOIS 33 see iy ian advan dan age ae ca A ee ia ae 1 6 Chapter 2 Ventilator Checkout Tests eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 2 1 Alain eSt sccccs e E a e T E HG Sta evap cca anes end eee eens 2 4 Display TeStesicecgisectes estes pct stag evita sta Qaida aes beet Seiden cvs AE Made vs eit ae ae ede eee 2 5 Controllest 0s ctscistaie seta ET antiee Gian aniline tadt cite elie Ande eee rete 2 7 BG ak TOSE ataa nea eae de cchaaten NA mein teats ons iieeen T A Gh Anite Sana O events 2 9 Vent nop Alarm TeSt vssdsie eccaecg eotnecpehereits on nkd weaseaeie aa aa e Tas eaaa a ea pon ieee adaa eaea 2 11 SEA E tees feed ogee rae dees Soe sat reat reattach avardar s E coe teraben tes 2 12 Chapter 3 Real Time Transducer Data cceccccesseeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 1 Chapter 4 Cleaning and SteriliZation eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 1 Cleaning the Ventilator eenei stecdiea cheat restch geek head ve cathe ad a aaan aiaa a aana aaan aa aaa aea aSa aiT 4 1 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve and Reusable Patient Circuit cccesscecseseeceessseeesseeeees 4 2 Cleaning the Inlet Filterset pon aaa aan aeaaaee aa iann aaa atidan 4 7 Geaning the Fan Filter cipanonna aaa aaa aaa E a Wats nar aana EAA aes 4 8 Chapter 5 Preventative Maintenance
167. eference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 29 ZN WARNING Specific bracket screw location Different screws are required depending on the version of LTV being serviced Use of incorrect screws can cause ventilator failure with resulting harm to the patient 3 One leg of the LTM LTV mounting bracket has a circular notch just above the elongated screw slot see illustration The length of the screw used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the upper half of the slot nearest the circular notch and requires a 5 16 screw e On current version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the lower half of the slot furthest from the circular notch and requires a 3 8 screw 4 Insert five back panel mounting screws and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws Socket head Screw 3 places Pan head Screw i 2 pacos Y Pan head on y fa Screw P 3 places M p Upper Half Earlier Version SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE Sa INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS Lower Half Current Version P a 5 Orient the mounting block to the
168. el Slide the ZIF connector on the keypad ribbon cable open as shown below and carefully remove the ribbon cable from the connector D CAUTION Open ZIF Socket before inserting or removing pigtail Closed A a aka p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 63 8 Using a dental pick or flat tip screwdriver lift one corner of the membrane panel and overlay Pull the membrane panel and overlay away from the upper weldment Removing the panel will destroy it 9 Remove all adhesive or panel parts from the front of the upper weldment The surface must be clean and free of obstructions before installing the new panel Any unevenness on the surface of the upper weldment could damage the new panel or cause it to operate incorrectly 10 Remove the protective backing from the bottom side only of the new membrane panel 11 Hold the upper weldment upright against a well lit backdrop to assist in aligning the membrane panel with the cutouts in the upper weldment 12 Handle the ribbon cable carefully to prevent any damage to the silver contact area Carefully slide the ribbon cable out through the slot in the upper weldment 13 Be very careful when aligning the membrane panel once it is applied it cannot be removed without destroying it Carefully align the membrane panel with the upper weldment making sure the cutout for the rotary switch is centered over the well in the upper weldment and that all
169. en to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 34 Reconnect the flexible tubes to the solenoid manifold using the LTV tubing enhancement kit and following the internal flexible tube routing configuration diagram previously noted see pages 8 39 through 8 44 e Inspect all flexible tubes for tears at the connecting ends and replace worn or damaged tubes if necessary 35 Reconnect the 4 wire connector from the flow valve and the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine e The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 36 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 37 If not previously applied apply a LTV Chirp Label P N 14392 to the back side of the ventilator e Wipe the surface of the area where the label is to be applied with a clean damp cloth and allow to dry e Remove the label backing and press the label onto the back side of the ventilator in the approximate location shown below e This is a permanent label and is not to be removed Caution and Danger Label Apply LTV Chirp Label P N 14392 Back Side of Ventilator 38 Include the LTV Ventilators Operator s Manual Addendum P N 14429 with the unit when returned to the end user to clarify the enhancements and verification test procedures insuring proper functioning of the alarm system 88 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Power PCBA Replacement Kits
170. ence recordings and the data associated with the latest occurrence in the secondary occurrence recordings of the same type of event Note For some events the data field will be blank 8 Press the Select button to return to the initial display 9 Turn the Set Value knob clockwise or counterclockwise to view other events 10 To exit the EVENT TRACE turn to EXIT and press the Select button or press Control Lock For more information about how these codes are used see the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual or contact your Service Representative Page D 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Event Codes This section includes a list of the event codes that can be recorded in the Event Trace Event Codes by Code Code Event Name Event Associated Alarm 01 VENT 1 Power on None 02 VENT 0 Power off None 03 HOUR MTR Set hour meter None 04 VENT CHK Set vent check Entered VENT CHECK mode 05 APNEA 1 Apnea mode entered APNEA 06 APNEA 0 Apnea mode exited APNEA 07 N A Not used 08 HIGH DIS High side disconnect DISC SENSE 09 LOW DIS Low side disconnect DISC SENSE 10 DISC 0 Circuit disconnect exited DISC SENSE 11 BATMPT1 Internal battery empty occurred BAT EMPTY 12 BATMPTO Internal battery empty exited BAT EMPTY 13 BATLOW1 Internal battery low occurred BAT LOW 14 BATLOWO Internal battery low
171. ene ee ee eae ee eee ae eee taaeee ee taaeeeeeeaeeeeetaeeeeneaa 8 1 Service RECOM ede cvseededusreecaneeelaceevcsteg act cateucetepeccteesacevcutag daclve daaa ii ig a aa iiaia 8 1 TOO eoi e e her EEE EEE eE OVE ATIN IRE ana dane densest nnn 8 2 Calling for ASSISTANCE 2 3 a Tra a raa aa a aaa Ta a aa aa er a e ar aaa aada aa a aaa AAEE Aa inaa o LAERE 8 2 Before removing the back Panel c ccccccceesseeeeneeceeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaesdeneeesaeeseaaesseaeeeeeeeee 8 3 Before replacing the back Panel cccccceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeesaeeeeaee sence caeeeeaaeseeneeseeeesaeeseeaeeeseeees 8 3 After performing any Maintenance ccccccceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeaeeecaeeeeaaeeseaeeseeeeesiaeeesiaeeeeaes 8 3 Boots ProteGlives sbicctsSvcsivatectendixeshenvace E EEE A EES EAEE A AOA O A TE 8 4 Boots Temporary Removals renak e eera cteetbece ieabbeylacebees ceakleed cobeaeteedibees deakibeeickenee td 8 5 Boots Permanent ROMOValssciicsisssesecdersissecvecssvecien sass steasacecqunscadscncesdeciensdavscecaitasseursaveaqaaataeds 8 7 Boots REINStAN ATION e cabhseusevcchamesdteasad a se teuaasieens a a a A EAEE 8 10 Boots NSt iO r T r a T a aaa ae raaa a ra a aS EA E 8 13 LTM LTV mounting assembly installation and removal ssssssesssssessssrrssssrnssrirnssrrnssrennsss 8 16 LTM mounting assembly temporary removal current LTMS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 8 17 LTM mounting assembly permanent removal Current LTMS
172. ent instrument apply 50 55 cm H2O pressure to the ventilator with the syringe e Pinch off the pressure supply tube near the syringe to seal the supply of pressure Observe any downward change in pressure on the manometer Requirement The change in pressure in 1 minute shall be lt 1 0 cmH O e Record the data on the Calibration Worksheet e Disconnect the tube from the ventilator port Open the pinch clamp on the pressure supply tube Low Flow Transducer Test e Connect the tube from the test fixture to the Low Flow transducer port on the right side of the ventilator and pinch off other tubes e Using the test fixture manometer as the pressure measurement instrument apply 50 55 cm H2O pressure to the ventilator with the syringe e Pinch off the pressure supply tube near the syringe to seal the supply of pressure Observe any downward change in pressure on the manometer Requirement The change in pressure in 1 minute shall be lt 1 0 cmH O e Record the data on the Calibration Worksheet e Disconnect the tube from the ventilator port Open the pinch clamps on the pressure supply tube 8 If leakage in excess of the required values is observed troubleshoot leaks see Chapter 7 Troubleshooting If the leak persists contact the technical support department at Pulmonetic Systems Inc using the information at the front of this manual Note For best calibration results allow the ventilator to warm up by running it
173. entilator Identify the fan housing Filterless Fan Housing e Fan opening has a grid of small holes e Airflow is out of the ventilator case e Fan has no filter or grill e Left soft side has short standoffs with no grill brackets Filtered Fan Housing e Fan opening is a single large opening e Airflow is into ventilator case e Fan has a filter and grill e Left soft side has an extended fan bracket area To replace the fan assembly 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Disconnect the fan connection from the power board Care should be taken to be sure the dip switch settings are not changed Dip switches are located directly below the fan assembly 3 For Filtered fan Housing Remove the left soft side 4 Remove the 2 screws and nuts holding the fan assembly 5 Remove the fan assembly Page 8 52 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 6 For Filterless fan FLOW DIRECTION Housing Install the new fan assembly oriented so DIRECTION OF the fan label faces the AIRFLOW outside of the vent and the fan wires are in the corner closest to the power board Flow direction indicator should be directed towards the outside of Co the unit FILTERLESS FAN HOUSING 7 For Filtered fan Housing FLOW DIRECTION Install the new fan assembly oriented so the DIRECTION OF fan label faces the inside of AIR FLOW
174. ents to be serviced For a complete list of tools required to perform all Maintenance and Calibration processes or Component Removal and Replacement procedures see Appendix E Reference Information Tools Required page E 14 Calling for Assistance If a problem occurs while maintaining the LTV Series ventilator or if you require additional information contact a service technician who has been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems or Pulmonetic Systems Inc at Pulmonetic Systems Inc 17400 Medina Rd Suite 100 Minneapolis Minnesota 55447 1341 Phone Office Fax Customer Care Center Phone Customer Care Center Fax Sales Marketing E mail Customer Care Center E mail Pulmonetic Systems Website 763 398 8500 763 398 8400 800 754 1914 ext 2 763 398 8403 info pulmonetic com service pulmonetic com http www pulmonetic com Page 8 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Before removing the back panel The following cautions should be followed when performing any maintenance or service procedures on the ventilator CAUTION Opening the ventilator Always turn the ventilator OFF and remove the external power before opening the ventilator case or attempting to service the ventilator Anti static precautions Always wear a grounded anti static wrist strap when handling the ventilator with the case open Electrostatic discharge can damage the internal electronics Note To ensure
175. eplace the internal battery pack 1 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 2 Turn the back panel with the labels and dovetail uppermost Remove the 2 pan head screws as shown one from either side of the battery compartment 3 Flip the back panel over so the dovetail is facing down Flat head Screws 2 Current Version Only 4 Vy 4 Remove the 4 pan head yi AN screws from the bottom LA o inside flange of the battery cover For ventilators with a current version battery cover also remove the 2 flat head screws from the top outside flange Pan head Screws 4 sy 5 Remove the battery cover Page 8 66 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 6 Remove the old internal battery assembly and replace it with a new one e Orient the battery as shown below fuse side up for earlier version batteries and place it in the battery well e Inspect the shrink wrap covering the battery cables to be sure it is intact Memory Board Earlier Version Memory Board Current Version Secure Pad Battery Cover and Battery Secure Pad Battery Cover and Battery P N 10597 P N 10597 7 If not previously installed install the battery cover Side Seals P N 10881 2 halves per part number 3 halves required discard unused half as shown below otherwise continue to the next step 1 2 of Side Seal P N 10881 a
176. er by lifting the edge carefully using your fingers or a flat tip screwdriver or dental pick if necessary Be careful not to damage the edge of the filter as it must seal against the adjacent surfaces Clean the filter using a gentle cleanser and a soft brush Dry the filter completely Inspect the filter for damage If the filter screen is not intact shows signs of damage or if the edge is damaged replace with a new filter Orient the filter as shown with the thickest foam side facing in toward the turbine manifold and install the filter by sliding it narrow end first in between the External Inlet filter housing and the turbine manifold The filter must seat completely so the top surface is flush with the turbine manifold Thickest Foam Side Oriented Towards Turbine Manifold Wide End 6 Reconnect the internal battery if disconnected and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 69 Main Board Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Main PCBA Assembly P N 10133 e Phillips screwdriver with torque Replace if damaged meter e 1 4 Pan head Screw 3 P N 10435 e Grounded anti static wrist strap If not previously installed e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions Note When ordering a replacement Main PCBA assembly be prepared to iden
177. erature range before turning the ventilator on 126 Not applicable on LTV 950 900 and 800 Page A 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Communications Port Connector Specification Communications RS232 DB9 connector Protocol Options Data Monitor Printer Modem Patient Assist Call RJ11 4 Closed contact resistance lt 1 ohm Remote Alarm Equipment Classification Classification The ventilator is rated as Class Il equipment per IEC 601 1 Clause 6 11 Type The ventilator is specified as Type BF equipment per IEC 601 1 Clause 6 11 Power Feature Range Tolerance Indicators Input Voltage 11 to 15 VDC External Power AC Adapter Input 90 to 250 VAC 47 to 63 Hz 25 Output 12 8 VDC Full Power Voltage gt 11 8 V 2 Green LED Low Power Voltage lt 11 8V and gt 11 0V 2 Amber LED External Power Off Voltage lt 11 0V 2 LED off switch to battery Hysterisis Ventilator shall not resume 2 external power operation unless voltage is 11 5V Nominal Current Draw Startup 5 5 amps Running 3 4 amps Nominal Power Draw Startup 66 watts Running 36 48 watts Leakage Current Total leakage current to Earth ground for the ventilator with only approved accessories attached shall not exceed 500 microAmps during normal operation per IEC 601 1 Total leakage current to Earth ground for the ventilator shall not exceed one milliAmp when any single fault condition is present per IEC 601 1 Ground Re
178. erential transducer at the high side port and verify the FDw readout is within 0 5 cmH20 of the applied pressure 2 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient air When the display value stabilizes verify the FDw readout is within 0 5 cmH20 FDb Inspired Volume LTM Only 1 Apply 30 cmH2 0 to the Flow Differential transducer at the low side port and verify the FDb readout is within 0 5 cmH20 of the applied pressure 2 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient air When the display value stabilizes verify the FDb readout is within 0 5 cmH20 O2 Oxygen Inlet Pressure LTV 1000 Only 1 Apply 50 PSI to the high pressure oxygen inlet port and verify the readout is applied pressure 1 PSI 2 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient air When the display value stabilizes verify the readout is 0 0 5 PSI Transducer Tolerance Variance Table LTV 1000 Only Acceptable Recalibrate transducer Replace analog board Transducer transducer if variance to tolerance if variance to tolerance range is tolerance is AP 0 5 cmH2O0 gt 0 5 but lt 2 5 cmH20 gt 2 5 cmH2O FVd 0 5 cmH O gt 0 5 but lt 0 75 cmH2O0 gt 0 75cmH O FDw 0 5 cmH O gt 0 5 but lt 1 5 cmH O gt 1 5 cmH O FDb 0 5 cmH O gt 0 5 but lt 1 5 cmH O gt 1 5 cmH O 02 1 0 PSI gt 1 0 but lt 2 5 PSI gt 2 5 PSI e f transduce
179. eries ventilator inspect the solenoid manifold flexible tube routing to establish if it is an Earlier or Current version configuration If the tube routing of the ventilator being inspected is determined to be an Earlier version it must be upgraded to the Current version using LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit P N 11684 Review the information below and the tube routing configuration diagrams shown on the following pages to verify which version exists in the LTV ventilator being serviced LTV 900 950 or 1000 Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations Current Versions Flexible tubing outer diameters are smaller 188 See page 8 40 e Flow Differential transducer is connected to solenoid manifold port 2 and through a reducing elbow to port 7 e Airway Pressure transducer is connected to solenoid manifold port 3 e Analog Board Valve Differential transducer may be positioned to the left or right on the analog board Earlier Versions e Flexible tubing outer diameters are larger 219 See page 8 42 e Flow Differential transducer is connected to solenoid manifold port 2 and port 3 e Airway Pressure transducer is connected to solenoid manifold port 7 e Analog Board Valve Differential transducer may be positioned to the left or right LTV 800 Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations Current Version e Flexible tubing outer diameters 188
180. ermine the current configuration of the flow valve e Turn on the LTV in the VENT CHECK mode Push and hold the SELECT button while the unit powers on e Turn the Rotary Knob to the VENT OP menu and push the SELECT button e Turn the Rotary Knob to the VHOME XXX display and record the value VHOME 244 1254 10 220 20 Flow Valve Poppet Delrin Stainless steel Cone Stainless steel Sphere Flow valves with Delrin or stainless steel cone poppets cannot be calibrated according to this procedure If the flow valve is out of calibration and contains a Delrin or stainless steel cone poppet it should be replaced with a new flow valve 2 Warm the ventilator up by running it at the following settings on a test lung for approximately 1 hour Mode Volume Assist Control Rate 12 bpm Tidal Vol 500 ml Insp Time 1 5 sec Measure the flow in Vent Maintenance Servo mode at 4000 rom and 10 Lom The measured flow should be 9 0 Lom 11 0 Lpm for LTV 950 LTV 900 or LTV 800 and 9 5 Lpm 10 5 Lpm for LTV 1000 If the measured flow is within this range then the flow is within specification and there is no need to continue with flow valve calibration otherwise power down the ventilator and proceed to step 3 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 25 Place the ventilator in an ESD safe environment and use ESD controls Remove the back panel from the ventilator Perform a visual inspection of the flo
181. erved for future use 79 N A Reserved for future use 80 N A Reserved for future use 81 N A Reserved for future use Page D 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Code Event Name Event Associated Alarm 82 N A Reserved for future use 83 N A Reserved for future use 84 N A Reserved for future use 85 N A Reserved for future use 86 N A Reserved for future use 87 N A Reserved for future use 88 CLR BREC Reclaims all incorrectly recognized bad N A EEPROM records p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page D 5 Event Codes by Event Name Event Name Code Event Associated Alarm AD MMTCH 33 ADC mismatch HW FAULT AD MTCHO 35 ADC mismatch cleared HW FAULT AD MTCH1 34 ADC mismatch occurred HW FAULT ADC1 VAL 65 AD mismatch primary channel fault value HW FAULT APNEA 0 06 Apnea mode exited APNEA APNEA 1 05 Apnea mode entered APNEA BATLOWO 14 Internal battery low exited BAT LOW BATLOW1 13 Internal battery low occurred BAT LOW BATMPTO 12 Internal battery empty exited BAT EMPTY BATMPT1 11 Internal battery empty occurred BAT EMPTY CLR BREC e o CLR CAL 60 Calibration records cleared N A CLR CTRL 52 Control settings cleared N A CLR EVNT 51 Event log cleared N A CRC 41 Memory CRC check failed RESET DEFAULTS 25 Defaults or Set Defaults occurred DEFAULTS DEFAULTS SET DISC 0 10 Circuit di
182. eset button 2 The first Ventilator Maintenance menu VENT MTNCE is displayed To Enter the Calibration Menus 1 Rotate the Set Value knob until VENT OP is displayed Press Select 2 Rotate the Set Value knob until COM SETTING is displayed then press Select Rotate the Set Value knob until DATA is displayed then press Select Press Control Lock then turn the Set Value button until VENT MTNCE displays Press Select then select CALIBRATION 0O A Ww p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 5 Calibration The Calibration menu is used to calibrate the pressure transducers and flow valve motor speed for the ventilator A Calibration Worksheet for recording calibration results is provided on page 6 24 Note To ensure the advantage of all new features and reliability improvements Pulmonetic Systems requires that the LTV ventilators operating software be at or higher than version 3 13 when performing any Maintenance and Calibration processes or Component Removal and Replacement procedures To upgrade the ventilator s operating software see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement Memory Board page 8 74 The calibration menu is set up as follows CALIBRATION AIRWAY FLOW DIFF Not on LTV 800 VALVE DIFF O2 INLET LTV 1000 only MOTOR DRIVE CAL EXIT An asterisk displayed in front of a menu item for example FLOW DIFF indicates that item has not been calibrated No
183. eturning the LOW MIN status bar is removed from the LTM VOL to its previous value and then pressing the SILENCE RESET button twice on the LTV F Disconnect the LTM serial communication cable from the LTV COMM PORT 102 Not applicable to the LTV 800 Page 9 22 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 12 Perform a Flow Valve Leak for I E Hold LTV 1000 with I E Hold Feature only A Using the three finger mode hold down Control Lock Manual Breath and Select while powering on the ventilator enter VENT MNTCE B Turn on SERVO mode C Set the step position to 0 in the Tidal Volume window D Measure the flow at the OUTLET port of the ventilator Flow must be less than 1 Lpm to pass p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 23 Performance Checkout Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Tidal Volume Settings Volume Assist Control 1 A PEEP 5 TV 1500 BPM 6 Insp Time 6 0 sec Measured tidal volume Measured tidal volume 1500 150ml Monitored tidal volume Displayed Vte 15 of measured tidal volume Settings Volume Assist Control 1 B PEEP 5 TV 1500 BPM 8 INSP 3 0 sec Measured tidal volume Measured tidal volume 1500 150ml Monitored tidal
184. euse when the mounting assembly is reinstalled A hm _ z Upper Half Notch earlier version LTV elie NOTE SCREW LOCATION PRIOR TO REMOVING SCREW Lower Half current version LTV p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 17 LTM mounting assembly permanent removal current LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required e Replacement Screws Kit P N e Phillips screwdriver with torque 11149 meter 1 Remove the LTM LTV mounting assembly see instructions on page 8 25 2 One leg of the LTM LTV mounting assembly has a circular notch just above the elongated screw slot The length of the replacement screw used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators with the screw positioned in the upper half of the mounting assembly leg screw slot the use of a 3 16 screw is required e On current version ventilators with the screw positioned in the lower half of the mounting assembly leg screw slot the use of a 1 4 screw is required 3 Insert five back panel replacement mounting screws of the correct length from the replacement screws kit P N 11149 and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 4 You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws ZN WARNING Specific replacement screw location Different length
185. ev H Measure Turbine Speed T S 1 2 3 4 Enter the SERVO menu Run the ventilator in Servo Mode at default settings flow 10 and turbine speed 4000 for approximately one minute to stabilize turbine speed Set up a Multimeter to measure frequency Connect the meter test leads as follows e black lead to the meter COM connection e red lead to the meter VQ connection Set the meter selector to Voltage alternating or DC and change to a frequency measurement Hz Connect the black meter test lead to chassis ground on the ventilator Touch the red meter test lead to PIN 15 of connector J5 on the Motor PCBA as shown below Pin 15 Connector J5 Motor Board p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 21 5 Allow approximately 10 15 seconds for the value to stabilize then read the meter displayed value for frequency 6 Calculate the turbine speed value measured in revolutions per minute RPM by multiplying the frequency displayed on the meter by the number 30 Round the total to the nearest 10 7 The measured turbine speed must be between 3400 and 4400 RPM 8 Record the measured turbine speed T S value This value is used in the General Checkout patient port pressure testing If the measured T S value is outside of the above range check the setup and repeat the test For assistance call technical support at Pulmonetic Systems Inc using the contact information at the front of th
186. ews through the screw slots in the left leg and top of the mounting bracket as indicated in the illustration 5 Torque tighten all five mounting screws to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws Page 8 20 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTM mounting assembly installation current LTMs Remove the upper boot if installed See Boots Protective in this chapter for instructions ZN WARNING Mounting screw use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when installing or removing external accessories Accessory mounting screws Refer to the information supplied with replacement screws kit P N 11149 to determine the appropriate accessory mounting screws or accessory replacement screws to use when removing or exchanging external accessories on an LTV Series ventilator The following illustration shows the correct orientation and placement of the LTM mounting assembly when attached to the LTV ventilator LTM LTV Mounting Block current model LTM LTM LTV Mounting Bracket current model LTM p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 21 To attach the LTM mounting assembly p n 17916 001 A 1 Place the disconnected A ventilator on a clean dry i surface i I 2 Use a Philips screwdriver and remove t
187. exited BAT LOW 15 EXT LST1 External power lost occurred POWER LOST 16 EXT LSTO External power lost exited POWER LOST 17 EXT LOW1 External power low occurred POWER LOW 18 EXT LOWO External power low exited POWER LOW 19 XDC FLT1 XDCR fault occurred XDCR FAULT 20 XDC FLTO XDCR fault exited XDCR FAULT 21 O2 LOW 1 Oz pressure low occurred LOW O2 PRES 22 O2 LOW 0 Oz pressure low exited LOW O2 PRES 23 O2 HI 1 Oz pressure high occurred HIGH O2 PRES 24 O2 HI 0 Oz pressure high exited HIGH O2 PRES 25 DEFAULTS Defaults or Set Defaults occurred DEFAULTS DEFAULTS SET 26 NO CAL No calibration data found NO CAL DATA 27 FAN FLT1 Fan fault occurred HW FAULT 28 FAN FLTO Fan fault exited HW FAULT 29 N A Not used 30 N A Not used 31 INTRRPT1 Spurious interrupt occurred ms RESET 32 INTRRPT2 Spurious interrupt occurred Is RESET 33 AD MMTCH ADC mismatch HW FAULT 34 AD MTCH1 ADC mismatch occurred HW FAULT 35 AD MTCHO ADC mismatch cleared HW FAULT 36 SYNCER1 Stepper motor lost sync occurred HW FAULT 37 SYNCERO Stepper motor lost sync exited HW FAULT 38 HOME ER1 Stepper motor home failure occurred HW FAULT 39 HOME ERO Stepper motor home failure exited HW FAULT 40 EEPROM EEPROM degraded HW FAULT p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page D 3 Code Event Name Event Associated Alarm 41 CRC Memory CRC check failed RESET 42 HI PRES1 High pres
188. flexible tube What to Do Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass flexible tube is leaking replace it Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective flow valve Defective turbine Defective analog board Defective power board This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Calibrate the flow valve See Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibration for instructi
189. fy the power board mating connector pins are straight and install the new motor PCBA by placing it on the four threaded stand offs on the power board orientated so that the connector pins on the power board are indexed into the mating connector holes in the motor PCBA Using finger pressure press straight down on the motor PCBA directly above the pins and mating connectors for the power board The motor PCBA should seat on the power board so that the pins on the power board visibly protrude through the top of the connector on the motor PCBA 7 Insert and thread four screws P N 10433 7 16 pan head into the mounting holes in the motor PCBA and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 7 16 Pan head Screws 4 places 8 Reconnect the 4 wire connector from the flow valve and the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine e The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 9 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Page 8 78 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H O2 Blender Assembly O2 Inlet Block Parts required for replacement Tools required e Qs Blender Assembly P N 17475 001 or O2 Inlet Block e Phillips screwdriver with P N 10639 torque meter e Cable Tie P N 10466 e Grounded anti static wrist e Os Donut Seal P N 10603 strap e RTV P N 10122 Small dykes or cutters e Silicone Gel L
190. g VHome position 23 Evt is optional not available on the LTV 800 Page 6 28 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Valve Calibration Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST MEAS ACCEPTABLE PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REOUIREMENT A D COUNTS FAIL FLOW VALVE CALIBRATION Calibration Date Flow Valve Calibration 1 Determine flow valve configuration Enter VHOME value 244 125 10 220 N A 20 2 Measure 10 Lpm flow Enter measured value N A LTV 950 900 amp 800 Pass 10 Lpm 1 0 Lom LTV 1000 Pass 10 Lpm 0 5 Lom 3 Perform visual inspection Enter inspection result N A 4 Leak test in VENT CHECK Enter displayed value Pass 0 4 or N A less 5 Calibrate valve differential transducer VD Ambient Enter displayed value 40 328 VD 15 cmH20 Enter displayed value 1915 2340 6 Calibrate stepper motor Phase A 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase A 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase B 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase B 600 ma Enter displayed value N A 7 Measure 10 Lpm flow Enter measured value N A LTV 950 900 amp 800 Pass 10 Lpm 1 0 Lom LTV 1000 Pass 10 Lpm 0 5 Lom 8 e Determine desired flow Enter value from table N A at FVd 15 cmH20 8 k Flow valve calibration results VHOME position Enter final VHOME position N A TS Turbine speed En
191. gated screw slot The length of the screw used here is dependent on the version of LTV being serviced as follows e On earlier version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the upper half of the slot nearest the circular notch and requires the use of a 5 16 mounting screw e On current version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the lower half of the slot furthest from the circular notch and requires the use of a 3 8 mounting screw 3 Insert five ventilator back panel mounting screws of the correct length and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm as shown in the illustration on the next page You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws ZN WARNING Specific bracket screw location Different screws are required depending on the version of LTV being serviced Use of incorrect screws can cause ventilator failure with resulting harm to the patient 51 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 27 4 Orient the mounting block to the mounting bracket as shown in the illustration and align its three counter bored screw holes to the corresponding PEM nuts on the bracket 5 Insert three mounting block screws use a 7 64 Allen wrench and torque tighten to 60 in
192. ght LTV software 3 15 or later and LTM with software 1 17 or earlier A red exclamation mark is displayed to the right of the LTV icon The exclamation mark may be flashing Press the wave button and select the wave screen 3 waveforms are displayed VTE value on LTM is equal to value in LTV status monitor Set Low Minute Volume alarm to 99 LTM status bar flashes red with the text Low Minute Volume displayed Reset Low Minute Volume alarm to previous value and press SILENCE RESET button twice on LTV Red Low Minute Volume status bar is removed from LTM re only Flow must be less than 1 Lom 110 Not applicable to the LTV 800 Page 9 28 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H PASS FAIL Oxygen Checkout 1 Perform an oxygen checkout test Connect the ventilator to a high pressure oxygen source Connect a calibrated oxygen sensor with pump to the patient circuit Ventilator Settings and Procedure Performance Requirement A Set the ventilator controls to the following Set Volume Mode Assist Ctrl Set Tidal Volume to 1000 ml Set Breath Rate to 15 bpm Set Insp Time to 1 0 sec Set PEEP to 5 cmH 0O Set O Inlet pressure to 60 PSIG Set 0 to 100 Allow the ventilator to operate for 1 minute then check the oxygen concentration Oxygen concentration should be 95 to 100 Set 0
193. guese Overlay Panel Norwegian Overlay Panel Russian If not already installed Install Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions Page 8 62 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual P N 10114 4 P N 10114 5 P N 10114 6 P N 10114 7 P N 10114 8 P N 11406 1 P N 11406 2 P N 11406 3 P N 11406 4 P N 11406 5 P N 11406 6 P N 11406 7 P N 11406 8 P N 11406 10 P N 11406 12 p n 10665 Rev H To replace the Front Panel Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 Remove the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 Disconnect from the solenoid manifold The 3 flexible tubes connected to the side panel of the ventilator and the 2 flexible tubes going to the flow valve Disconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector and 2 wire sounder connector from the power board Remove the sounder assembly see instructions on page 8 45 Remove the power board see instructions on page 8 89 The analog board may be left attached to the power board Be careful not to catch the power board on the sounder bracket while removing it Handle the ribbon cable carefully to prevent any damage to the silver contact area Attempting to remove or attach the ribbon cable without opening the ZIF connector will damage the ribbon cable and may require replacement of the front membrane pan
194. he This condition represents a FAILURE of upper right side of the ventilator the sensitivity test control panel for at least 30 seconds F While monitoring the PATIENT e The PATIENT LED should momentarily EFFORT LED disconnect the test flash and an inspiration should lung momentarily during the immediately begin exhalation portion of the breath e If the PATIENT EFFORT LED does not cycle flash and or an inspiration is not given immediately after the momentary disconnection of the test lung This condition represents a FAILURE of the sensitivity test 5 Perform a PEEP test A Unscrew PEEP valve e Measured PEEP must be 0 2 0cmH20 completely B Tighten PEEP valve e Measured PEEP must be 20 3 cmH 20 completely CAUTION Damage to the PEEP valve To avoid damaging the PEEP valve always depress the yellow lock button on the top of the valve when making adjustments Not applicable to the LTV 800 This step not applicable to the LTV 800 This step not applicable to the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 17 6 Perform a real time transducer test Turn the ventilator off Turn the ventilator on while holding the Select button Clear the REMOVE PTNT alarm and then turn to the RT XDCR DATA menu and press Select Turn the Set Value knob to display the required data Airway Pressure Transducer A Open all connections to ambient air to apply 0 cmH
195. he five screws from the top and back panel of the ventilator as indicated in the p5 illustration WARNING Mounting Screw Use Internal damage to the ventilator may result if the wrong length mounting screws are used when installing or removing external accessories 4 Place the mounting bracket onto the ventilator and align the mounting bracket screw slots with the corresponding screw holes in the ventilator 5 Insert and thread a 4 40 pan head screw through the screw slot in the right leg of the mounting bracket as follows Page 8 22 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H e For earlier version LTV ventilators with the screw located in the upper half of the slot use a 5 16 pan head e For current version LTV ventilators with the screw located in the lower half of the slot use a 3 8 pan head y Upper Half earlier version LTV A SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS I I Lower Half current version LTV 6 Insert and thread four 4 40 X 3 8 pan head screws through the screw slots in the left leg and top of the mounting bracket as indicated in the illustration 7 Torque tighten all five mounting screws to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm You may need to apply some pressure to the back panel and housing to correctly align the threads and insert the screws p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 23
196. he patient wye and sense lines with a known good assembly Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass flexible tube is leaking replace it Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 7 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do CONTINUED Monitored volume is high Delivered volume is high Monitored volume is low Delivered volume is low Defective flow valve Defective turbine Defective bypass valve Defective or leaking solenoid manifold Circuit leak High or low side sense line or elbow at exhalation valve loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Exhalati
197. he ventilator is replaced 14 15 16 Replace the internal inlet filter see instructions on page 8 69 lt Replace the left soft side see instructions on page 8 99 lt Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 85 O2 Blender Filter The O inlet filter should be cleaned or replaced every 10 000 hours or 2 years of service or more frequently if needed If the ventilator is operated with a low grade or contaminated O3 source the Oz inlet filter may need to be replaced more often If the filter is damaged or cannot be thoroughly cleaned it should be replaced Parts required for replacement Tools required Replace if damaged e Dental pick e Oxygen Blender Filter P N 14313 e Mild cleanser e O Ring P N 10609 e Soft brush To clean or replace the O inlet filter 1 If a high pressure Oz source is being used disconnect the high pressure Oz hose from the oxygen block on the left side of the ventilator 2 If alow pressure O source is being used disconnect the O line from the barbed oxygen adapter Unscrew and remove the barbed adapter from the oxygen block on the left side of the ventilator Low Flow O2 Connection 3 Using a pick remove the rubber O ring from inside the Oz inlet port Tip the ventilator to allow the Oz inlet filter to slide out 4 To clean the filter use a mil
198. heet 0 cccccecceeeeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeseeaeeseeeeeseaaesseaaeseeeesaeeesaeeseaeeesaees 9 7 Power Ghecko t sninen eet eg acetate ese Ac ae a a tees Deed ee A cae AN Als ott 9 11 Power Checkout WorksSheet ccccccceseeceeeeeceeeeeaeeceeeeeceaeeeeeaaeseeeesaaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeeeseaeenenees 9 13 Performance CHeCKOUt r ii aeaaea aaa aaa aae aaa a aa aiia 9 15 Performance Checkout Worksheet cc ccceeceeceeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeeesaaeeeeneeseeeeesaeeesaeeeeneeenaees 9 24 Oxygen CheckOutrsi vain ieia aeia dei Wedd gid Weeden eevee 9 29 Oxygen Checkout Worksheet ccc ccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeeceaeeesaaesseeeeseeeesaeeseaaeeee 9 31 24 Hour Burn in esitat adia aaa a ieee a adie eee a Wages Pe eed 9 32 24 Hour Burn in Worksheat siisii uaii arini aaan aai aaa aia 9 33 Appendix A Ventilator Specifications ccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees A 1 Appendix B Glossary nies cintucunsdbuosgelsnansstanaaacecsisiuhuenn B 1 Appendix C Service Record Form cccccccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees C 1 Appendix D Event TrACC ais siccdiccccsssscccssedetesenesetenesedeneeanedetenesedenenanedetenecederenens D 1 Event Godest scarmi i ea aan aa teeta nites tases sedi Stoner a a Rie neh Ries D 3 Event Codes Dy Code H narrian iita ii tea a aia e A ri Taata aae D 3 Event Codes by Event Name sssesscsissrereserurneienerarenurneraneracturiuranennnuecunenacnnannnraaenananeenena D 6
199. ibes troubleshooting for the LTV Series ventilator Some problems can result from improper operation and can easily be corrected without any modification to the ventilator Other problems may require that the ventilator be recalibrated or have parts replaced ZN WARNING Ventilator Service and Repair Only service technicians who have been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems Inc are authorized to perform repairs or maintenance on the LTV series ventilators Do not attempt to repair or replace any part of the ventilator unless you are trained and certified by Pulmonetic System Inc Personal injury could result Note Event log entries are only one of many diagnostic tools used to troubleshoot the ventilator Additional information is often required to accurately identify the root cause of a problem This chapter is organized into eight sections e Displays and Buttons Includes problems with control and window displays and with See page 7 2 setting controls e Ventilator Performance Includes problems with delivered or monitored pressure volume See page 7 6 or PEEP accuracy sensitivity and triggering e Advanced Vie Includes advanced diagnostic procedures for troubleshooting Diagnostic Procedures Vte problems involving transducer accuracy drift the pneumatic See page 7 22 system and flow valve accuracy e Advanced FiO Includes advanced diagnostic procedures for troubleshooting Diagnostic Pro
200. ice Cable Assembly e Stepper Motor Calibrator e Turbine Pressure Test Adapter Assembly e DISS to NIST fitting for high pressure O2 port 137 P N 10570 P N 11471 P N 11574 P N 11474 P N 14206 P N 11472 P N 10123 P N 10779 P N 10780 P N 11529 P N 11599 P N 11485 P N 10871 P N 11567 P N 10702 Pop Rivet tool capable of setting 114 diameter shaft Pop Rivets 138 In the European Union Loctite 8104 may be substituted as an equivalent compound 88DISS NIST adapter required to comply with some international gas fittings Page E 14 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Transducer Calibration Acceptable A D Counts Airway Pressure AP 50 cmH20 733 1570 Ambient 35 350 Flow Differential Bi Directional FDb 30 cmH2O0 64 3240 Ambient 3180 4045 Flow Differential Wide FDw 30 cmH20O 854 4030 Ambient 10 400 Flow Differential Narrow FDn 80 70 10 150 Ambient 128 3968 4015 70 3945 4085 Ambient 128 3968 Flow Valve Differential FVd 15 cmH20 1925 2340 Ambient 40 328 Oxygen Pressure O2 LTV 1000 only 50 PSI 900 1822 Ambient 122 246 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 15 Torque Values The following Torque Values Table provides torque values used in the assembly of
201. ice facility designated by Pulmonetic Systems shipping prepaid by the Buyer LIMITATION OF WARRANTY Ordinary maintenance as specified in the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s and Service Manuals is not covered under the forgoing warranty The forgoing warranty does not apply to defects resulting from 1 Improper or inadequate maintenance of the unit 2 Improper use or misuse of the unit 3 Unauthorized modifications or repair to the unit 4 Use of the unit with unauthorized accessories e g external battery or AC adapter 5 Operation of the unit outside the specified environment NO IMPLIED WARRANTIES This warranty is exclusive There are no other warranties expressed or implied LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Pulmonetic Systems shall not be liable for loss of profits loss of use consequential damages or any other claim based on breach of warranty Pulmonetic Systems Inc s liability for damages of any kind shall be limited to the purchase price of the defective unit Page ii LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 18327 001 A Addendum 1 Notices The LTV Series ventilator complies with limitations as specified in IEC 601 1 2 for Medical Products It does however use and radiate radio frequency energy The function of this machine may be adversely affected by the operation of other nearby equipment such as high frequency surgical diathermy equipment short wave therapy equipment defibrillat
202. id manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Check the circuit and exhalation valve to verify the circuit is securely connected and the valve is intact Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve or peepless valve cap back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assy Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded pinched or reversed Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Page 7 32 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do CONTINUED Repeated DISC SENSE alarms Exhalation drive line leaking or loose Exhalation valve leaking during inspiration Pressure Control or Pressure Support set below PEEP Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexib
203. igures for the Airway Pressure AP and Flow Transducer Wide Channel FDw null figures from the time the unit was last calibrated 3 Perform an auto zero by pressing SELECT It is considered normal if the figures change slightly however e If the figures for AP change by more than 50 the Airway Pressure transducer may be faulty and the analog PCBA should be replaced See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions e If the figures for FDw change by more than 50 the Flow Sensor transducer may be faulty and the analog PCBA should be replaced See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions e If the figures for AP and FDw change by less than 20 the unit passes this test and the Pneumatic System Checkout tests are to be performed Pneumatic System Checkout Check the pneumatic system as follows 1 Apply 50 cmH 0 to the high side port monitor the pressure with a calibrated independent pressure meter for 1 minute and record any drop in pressure Then apply 50 cmH 0O to the low side port monitor the pressure with a calibrated independent pressure meter for 1 minute and record any drop in pressure e lf a pressure drop for either the high or the low side port exceeds 1 cmH20 check all internal plumbing and the solenoid manifold for leaks replace any damaged tubing or components and repeat the test 2 Lay the unit with the front panel up running in Volume mode and set the Breath Rate to 12 Tidal Volume to 500 ml an
204. ine Manifold Parts required for replacement Tools required e Turbine Manifold Assembly P N 11490 e Phillips screwdriver with e Cable Tie P N 10466 torque meter e Os Donut Seal P N 10603 e Grounded anti static e Silicone Gel Lubricant P N 10123 wrist strap e RTV Silicone Adhesive P N 10122 e Small dykes or cutters Replace if damaged e Mild cleanser e Thermo Conductive Pad P N 10129 e Cable tie tool e Sealing Gasket P N 10175 e Flow Valve Insertion e Damping Grommets 4 P N 10266 Tool Mylar P N 14206 e Grounding Clips 4 P N 10752 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions e 7 8 Black colored Pan head Screws 4 P N 10918B e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 When replacing the turbine manifold it is easiest to remove several components and replace them together These will be done in the following order Remove the back panel and disconnect the battery Remove the left soft side Remove the motor board Remove the flow valve Remove the turbine manifold and oxygen blender as a unit Disconnect the oxygen blender from the turbine manifold Connect the oxygen blender to the new turbine manifold Replace the oxygen blender and turbine manifold as a unit Replace the flow valve Replace the motor board Replace the left soft side Reconnect the battery and replace the back panel 1 Remove the back panel and disconnect the battery see instructions on
205. ine up with the mating connector on the main PCBA Press the board in place until the connectors are firmly seated 5 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 6 To verify the new software version power up the vent and enter the Extended Features menu Select VENT OP and rotate the knob until the VER string is displayed Verify that the version string displayed matches the version of the newly installed software on the memory board 7 After upgrading the LTV software version check each of the LTV configuration settings see Configuration page 6 35 8 Upgrading to certain versions of LTV software will require recalibration of the LTV ventilator Check the LTV calibration and recalibrate if necessary see Calibration page 6 6 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 75 Checking the O2 Blender when upgrading software The LTV 1000 hardware configuration must be identified prior to upgrading the software to Version 5 0 or greater to establish whether the O2 blender labeling needs to be changed Note The LTV 950 LTV 900 LTV 800 may be upgraded to 5 0 or greater regardless of hardware configuration and without any labeling changes required 1 Identify the currently installed LTV 1000 software revision from the extended menu as follows e Power up in VENT MNTCE mode and silence alarms by pressing Reset e Rotate the Set Value knob to V
206. ing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective exhalation drive solenoid Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve or peepless valve cap back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Verify lines are not occluded or pinched This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Set pressure not reached and turbine is humming Turbine sounds like inspiration even during exhalation Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass flexible tube If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass f
207. inside the Washer P N 11644 insert them through the openings in the power and main boards and center both over the Rotary Knob shaft cutout in the upper weldment Washer O Ring 7 Insert the new rotary switch assembly P N 11190 through the openings in the power and main boards so the shaft extends through the O ring washer and cutout in the upper weldment e The switch assembly should be oriented so the wire leads are towards the same side of the ventilator as the oxygen blender 8 Hold the switch in place and tread the hex nut onto the rotary switch shaft Use a 13mm nut driver and torque tighten the nut to 40 in oz 0 28 Nm 9 Connect the switch assembly 3 wire connector to the power board e The connector is keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 10 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 11 If you are replacing the knob check the new knob to be sure the knob spring is installed in the back ii of the knob If not press the knob spring into the u center of the hole on the back of the knob 12 Press the knob onto the rotary switch shaft lining up the flat area of the knob spring with the flat area of the shaft When completely in place the knob should be flush with the faceplate of the ventilator 13 To verify the new rotary switch is operating correctly turn the ventilator on select a control then increase and
208. ion 3 13 or higher Page 8 36 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H See To replace the Power PCBA and DC Cord Pigtail related hardware on page 8 90 To replace the Solenoid Manifold on page 8 102 and To remove and replace the Memory Board on page 8 74 for instructions 11 Visually inspect the flexible tubes on the solenoid manifold to verify there are no tears rips pinholes or loose connections 12 Verify that the loop of smaller tubing that connects the Flow Differential transducer to the solenoid manifold does not loop past the edge of the power PCBA into the compartment for the internal battery 13 Verify that none of the tubing is kinked or twisted and that it will not become kinked or pinched when compressed by the back panel See internal flexible tube routing configurations diagrams on pages 8 39 through 8 44 14 Inspect the grounding clips on the back panel and replace if they are missing or not making good connections Missing or damaged grounding clips should be replaced using Loctite 4541 Adhesive 15 Verify the grounding clips connected to the oxygen blender are aligned correctly inside the housing clips should not be visible when screws are tightened down 16 Verify the power cable for the oxygen blender is properly routed under the motor board behind the connection bus to the power board 17 Verify that the power cables for the turbine sounder fan Assembly oxygen blender flow valve and
209. is manual Page 6 22 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Vent Maintenance Exit The ventilator will not resume normal operation while the maintenance mode dip switch is set To exit maintenance mode 1 Turn the ventilator off 2 Locate dip switch 5 and set it to the OFF position towards the outside of the ventilator Verify that dip switches 6 and 8 remain in the ON position DIP a Switches X ian s gt _ gt e manad DIP Switches 6 and 8 ON 1 2 3 4 5 and 7 OFF Pr telat a i l V A AA By Ss ON Bo Sencnne 3 Replace the back panel of the ventilator For instructions on how to replace the back panel see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement 4 Turn the ventilator on p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 23 Calibration Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST MEAS ACCEPTABLE PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE MEOYIREMENT A D COUNTS FAIL VENTILATOR CALIBRATION Airway Pressure Leak test High amp Low Xder Leak lt 1 0 cmH20 in 1 min N A Leak test High Leak lt 1 0 cmH20 in 1 min N A Leak test Low Leak lt 1 0 cmH2O in 1 min N A 50 cmHz2O Enter displayed value 733 1570 Ambient Enter displayed value 35 350 Flow Differentia
210. ja E ESEN a gm lt Finish Washer a s ira QS 6 places G crew SA 6 places 1 4 Screw 3 places 22 Align the back panel carefully so the long tab that fits over the oxygen blender lines up correctly Visually check that the battery leads are clear of the motor board heat sink and the side of the ventilator Use caution do not pinch any of the flexible tubes or rearrange the battery leads while sliding the back panel into place Gently press the back panel into position 23 Replace the 3 4 flat head screws in the top of the ventilator as shown Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 24 Replace the 6 x 1 2 flat head screws and gray finish washers in the right and left sides of the ventilator as shown 3 in each side Screws should be torqued to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 25 If previously installed replace the LTV Protective Boots see instructions on page 8 10 or LTM LTV Mounting bracket see instructions on page 8 27 Page 8 38 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations There are various different routing configurations of the LTV Series ventilator internal flexible tubing connected to the solenoid manifold flow valve and analog board components Configuration versions vary in accordance with the LTV model date of manufacture and analog board configuration installed Anytime service of internal components is performed on an LTV S
211. l Pressure 7 FD BiDir 30 cmH2z0 Enter displayed value 64 3240 FD BiDir Ambient Enter displayed value 3180 4045 FD Wide 30 cmH20 Enter displayed value 854 4030 FD Wide Ambient Enter displayed value 10 400 FD Narrow 80 70 AD Enter value displayed under 10 150 Tidal Volume window Enter value displayed under N A HPL LP windows FD Narrow Ambient Enter displayed value 128 3968 FD Narrow 4015 70 AD Enter value displayed under 3945 4085 Tidal Volume window Enter value displayed under N A HPL LP windows FD Narrow Ambient Enter displayed value 128 3968 Valve Differential Pressure VD 15 cmH20 Enter displayed value 1915 2340 VD Ambient Enter displayed value 40 328 Oxygen Pressure Leak test Leakage lt 1 PSI in 1 minute N A O2 50 psig Enter displayed value 900 1822 Oz Ambient Enter displayed value 122 246 Stepper Motor Phase A 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase A 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase B 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Phase B 600 ma Enter displayed value N A Record Actual Measured Turbine Speed N A DIP Switch 5 re set at end of Calib Procedure Check N A 20 Not applicable to LTV 800 21 O is available on LTV 1000 only Page 6 24 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Valve Calibration The flow valve should not normally require recalibration from its factory set values However som
212. lator Checkout menu To enter the Ventilator Checkout VENT CHECK menu a special power on sequence is required 1 Disconnect the patient from the ventilator and ventilate using an alternative method 2 With the ventilator off connect the AC Adapter to the ventilator and plug it in to a valid AC power source Verify that the External Power and Charge Status LEDs are illuminated or flashing 3 Press and hold down the Select button While holding the Select button press the On Standby button to turn the ventilator on e REMOVE PTNT is displayed if it does not display repeat steps 2 through 4 e An audible alarm alternating on off tone will sound while REMOVE PTNT is displayed Select Button Display Area Press and hold first REMOVE PTNT is displayed ay Pressure cmH20 vre i PulmoneticSystems 10 a D 4 i LTV1000 On Standby Button Press second Note Although the LTV 1000 Front Panel is shown the test is applicable to all LTV Series ventilators Page 2 2 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 4 Clear the alarm by pressing the Silence Reset button e The audible alarm silences and the display changes from REMOVE PTNT to VENT CHECK Display Area VENT CHECK is displayed Airway Pressure cmH 20 i i DO00p 6 PulmoneticS ystems a PE fm Eere Power LTV1000 High Pres Lirit LowPressure Low Min Vol Vent nop emt mO EBE HE BE real Silence Reset Button
213. le to apply a small positive pressure to the ventilator low pressure fitting to fulfill this step Record the number that was displayed in the Tidal Volume window and the number that was displayed in the High Pressure Limit Low Pressure windows when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet FD 0 yH 0 is displayed Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient room air Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet FD 4015 70 AD is displayed Connect the male Luer fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly to the High Pressure Female Luer Fitting Increase and maintain the pressure until a value of 3945 to 4085 is displayed in the Tidal Volume window Adding a large amount of compliance such as a test lung to the Calibration Syringe assembly will significantly stabilize the readings during this step If a pressure meter is attached to the circuit you will see a pressure of approx 3 0 mm H20 displayed when you are at this setting During this step any value in the range of 3945 to 4085 displayed in the Tidal Volume window is equally acceptable but it is crucial that the value displayed in the Tidal Volume window is stable when pressing Select Record the number that was displayed in the Tidal Volume window and the number that was displa
214. le tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective transducer on analog board Defective auto zero solenoid Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Verify the exhalation valve is not leaking during inspiration If it is leaking open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly If necessary replace the exhalation diaphragm PEEP spring or exhalation valve with a new one Verify the control values are appropriately set This problem will often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions Repeated XDCR FAULT alarms Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective transducer on analog board Defective auto zero solenoid This problem wi
215. lenced for 60 seconds by pressing the Silence Reset button If the alarm is already silenced Silence Reset LED is red it will not sound again until the silence period expires When an alarm occurs the audible alarms sound for a minimum of 3 seconds or for as long as the condition exists Some alarms such as HIGH PRES may clear almost immediately and the alarm will sound for only 3 seconds When a high pressure condition is detected the HIGH PRES message is displayed and the High Pres Limit control is flashed If the HP DELAY option is set to NO DELAY the audible alarm is sounded immediately When the HP DELAY option is set to DELAY 1 BRTH or DELAY 2 BRTH the audible is not sounded until the second or third consecutive breath with a high pressure condition See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of this feature Turn the ventilator on and run for a minimum of 1 minute to charge the alarm capacitor Run an alarm test See Chapter 2 Alarm Test for instructions If the alarm does not sound open the ventilator and verify that the alarm sounder connector is securely connected to the power board Replace the alarm sounder See Chapter 8 Alarm Sounder Assembly for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 31 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do
216. lexible tube is leaking replace it Page 7 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Monitored volume is high Delivered volume is high Very small ET tube connected directly to wye Low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Sense lines are reversed Failed auto zero VHome setting does not match flow valve Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass flexible tube Failed calibration A very small ET tube connected directly to the wye may cause jetting and cause the flow differential to be read incorrectly To reduce the jetting effect add a short larger bore extension between the ET tube and wye In this case the monitored volume is high but the delivered volume is accurate Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched The sense lines are not designed to be removed from either the wye or the Luer fittings If the sense lines have been removed and replaced incorrectly they may not seal correctly when replaced Replace t
217. libration c ceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeceaaeeeeeeeseeeeseaeeesaaeseeneeeeeeesaeeeeaaeeee 6 14 Oo Inlet Pressure Calibration ccccccccccccccccccccccececceeeeeeeeceeeeccucueaeucacueacasaeaeacacacacaeaeaeueanananass 6 17 Motor Drive Calibration ccccccccceeececeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaaesdeeeesaeeesaaesseaeeseeeesaeeseaeeeenees 6 19 Measure Turbine Speed T S ccccccceeceeceeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceaeeeseaeeseeeeeseaeeeeaaesseaeeseeeeessaeeeseeeseaes 6 21 Vent Maintenance Exit sien ee e AE E E ea a Eea aa a ER 6 23 Calibration Worksheet isn igni a ea i e E aA Ea EEE A ia Ea 6 24 Flow Valve Calibratio Ma aiar ie e maea iin aa aa a E AE OEE EAE ENE iA 6 25 Flow Valve Calibration Worksheet ccc ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeceaeeeeaaeeeeneeeceaeeeeaaeseeeeeseaeeesaeeeeaeees 6 29 SGN VO mes e a ae a a e e a O E aa a 6 30 SOENOIAA ae a a a a A a e E rere 6 32 SOD TESE an s ea a cena carr a a a a E rereee 6 33 Watchdog TeSlee arre rea n EEE E E Hates 6 34 COMMOMEATIO net oer a a a a a S 6 35 Page iv LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Model Sel OON a a ein nen ate eden niente ed 6 36 Flow Valve Home PoSition 0 cccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeceaeeeeaaeseeeee seas eeeaaesseaeeseeeeeseaeeesaesseneees 6 37 Temperature COMpPeNnsatliOn cccecceeeececeeeceeeeeeeeaeeceeeeeeeaaeseeaeeseaeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeteaaeeee 6 39 Analog Board Setting soises utekne edn ie le el Se ede ei 6 40 Os BIC
218. lieu aie lain ele di idee eleva ads 8 77 O Blender Assembly Oo Inlet Block 0 cccecccececsneceeeesneeeeessaeeeecssaeeeeeeaeeeeseaeeesesnaeeeeesnaaes 8 79 Oz Blender Filters 820 aea ae are tht 4 eee seb uatid Siac e EE aa etd meets 8 86 O2 Blender Cap LTV 1000 Only sa iesin aai iaaii aa ieena iaa ie i inat iaae eaan 8 87 O2 Port Cap LOW Pressure 2 ian ine itl ae ee eed eee 8 88 Power Board Assembly secen vata nan ta tha i ae tha eta 8 89 Right and Left Soft Side Panels isiin eieiei ai tida kaai aera nia eaae tidak Taig aeae aaah 8 99 Rotary Switch Set Value Knob Assembly ceccccceeeeeeeeceeeee eee eeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeteaeeeeeeseneeess 8 100 Solenoid Manifold ASSOMDIy ccccccecceeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeaeseeaeeceeeeecaeeeeaaeeeseeesaeeeesaesseneeesaees 8 102 Thermo Conductive Motor Board Heatsink Pad ccccceesceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseeeeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeas 8 104 Thermo Conductive Turbine Pad ccccceessceceeceeceneeeeeeaeeeeneeceeeeeeaaesaeaaesneeeeeseaeseeaaeeseneeeaas 8 105 Turbine Manifolds aanita isai tee ar elas ieee aaa aaa eh aeaa eters 8 106 Chapter 9 Final Checkout TeSt ccccccccsssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneees 9 1 Checkout Test Selection ecececeeeceeneeceeeeeeeaeeeenaeeeeecaaeeeeeaaesdaneecaeeesaaeeseaaesgneeseaeeesaeseeaeeeeaes 9 1 General Cneckout ateena sls Maycctecent Alea spores eer Oe eeedaee Abed come eee oe vesllen a ele 9 2 General Checkout Works
219. lit E Remove external battery test cable and replace with external power AC adapter Power down the ventilator using the ON Standby button Internal Battery Test Cable P N 11472 Page 9 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual External Battery Test Cable P N 11474 p n 10665 Rev H Power Checkout Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Battery Level Test Replace battery with the 10A DC 1 A Normal operation voltage source set between 14 8V and Battery Level LED is green 15 0V and turn unit on Clear the power lost alarm Only power lost alarm activates Slowly reduce voltage until battery LED 1 B Normal operation changes to amber DC voltage source is 11 9V 2 BAT LOW and Audible alarm Slowly reduce voltage until battery LED 1 C Normal operation changes to red DC voltage source is 11 5V 2 BAT EMPTY and Audible alarm Slowly reduce voltage until battery level 1 D DC voltage source is 10 0V 2 LED extinguishes Vent Inop LED illuminated Audible alarm sounds Remove DC voltage source and 1 E reconnect the internal battery Battery Duration Battery Charge Test Run unit from internal battery until it 2 A Vent Inop LED lights and audible alarm shuts down Charge from external sounds power while operating for a minimu
220. ll often be accompanied by XDCR FAULT alarms Open the vent and verify that none of the flexible tubes connected to the solenoid manifold or analog board are pinched or leaking See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly or Analog Board Assembly for a routing diagram Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions Replace the solenoid manifold See Chapter 8 Solenoid Manifold Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 33 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do HW FAULT alarm Repeated HW FAULT alarms delivered pressures and volumes are off Event Log shows SYNC ER1 or HOME ER1 HW FAULT alarms AD MMTCH AD MTCH1 EEPROM FAN FLT1 HOME ER1 INTRRPT1 INTRRPT2 SYNC ER1 Defective or disconnected flow valve Defective motor board Defective power board Check the Event Trace to determine the kind of error and follow the instructions below for the specific error type See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for instructions on using the event trace The SERVO test may be used to set the valve step position explicitly See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions on using the servo test The step position can be viewed using the RT XDCR DATA display See Chapter 3 Real Time Transducer Data for instructions on using RT data If the flow valve does not res
221. log Board Assembly Parts required for replacement Tools required e Analog PCBA Assembly P N 10136 or e Phillips screwdriver with e Analog PCBA Assembly P N 10643 or torque meter e Analog PCBA Assembly P N 11803 e Grounded anti static wrist See chart below for appropriate selection by model sirap Replace if damaged e Pisco connector P N 10543 If not previously installed e 1 4 Green Colored Pan head Screws 2 P N 10435G e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions Analog PCBA LTV Ventilator Model P N LTV 1000 LTV 950 LTV 900 LTV 800 10136 X X X X 10643 X X X 11803 X Airway Valve Differential Flow Pressure Transducer Differential Pisco Transducer positioned to left Transducer Connector Oxygen Pressure Transducer installed on p n 10136 only Valve Differential Transducer 3 when positioned to right LJ Analog PCBA To replace the analog board 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Disconnect the 5 flexible tubes from the analog board one from the flow valve and 4 from the solenoid manifold see configuration diagrams page 8 39 through 8 44 Note Tubing Configurations Before disconnecting or removing any of the tubes review the internal flexible tube routing configurations table and diagrams see
222. m of 8 hours Remove external power and operate 2 B Battery level LED is green upon removing unit from internal battery Use settings external power Mode Volume Assist Ctrl Normal operation from internal battery for Breath Rate 15 minimum of 40 minutes Tidal Volume 800 Insp Time 1 5 sec PEEP 5 Disconnect the internal battery re 2 C Charge Status LED is red connect external AC adapter Clear Reset alarm Reconnect the internal battery 2 D Charge Status LED flashes amber for a few minutes and then goes solid amber External Power Test With external AC adapter connected 3 A Normal operation External Power LED is green Charge Status LED is lit or flashing Remove external power clear power 3 B Normal operation lost alarm ee an ea ete External Power LED is green ower source with a voltage between YAN 7 B and 15 0V 9 Charge Status LED is lit or flashing p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 13 TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Slowly reduce the external DC voltage 3 C Normal operation de external power LED shows External voltage is 11 0V 2 Charge Status LED is lit or flashing POWER LOW and Audible alarm Slowly reduce the external DC voltage 3 D Normal operation until the external power LED External voltage is 9 5V 2 extinguishes Charge Status LED is off POWER LOST and Audible alarm Battery Level LED is lit Remove extern
223. messages are briefly flashed in the message window e CPU e SRAM e INT VECTOR e ROMCRC e EEPROM E When the POST tests are successfully passed ventilation begins within 20 seconds with a Power Lost alarm 5 Reconnect the external power AC adapter and verify the audible alarm terminates Press the Silence Reset button to clear the alarm and perform the following tests Ventilator Settings and Procedure Performance Requirement A Set the vent to the following Selected Monitors should read as follows settings and operate for at least Exhaled Tidal Volume 383 to 633 mI two minutes I E Ratio 1 3 8 to 1 4 2 Mode Volume Assist Ctrl Total Breath Rate 12 bom Low Press Oz Off Total Minute Vol 4 6 to 7 6 L Breath Rate 12 No alarms activate Tidal Volume 500 Insp Time 1 0 sec Pressure Support 0 O2 21 Sensitivity 3 High Pressure Limit 100 Low Pressure alarm 5 Low Min Vol 1 0 PEEP 5 cmH20 74 For LTV 800 900 and 950 only 75 Not applicable to the LTV 800 or 900 a Oxygen source and tested O2 only apply to the LTV 1000 model 77 Not applicable to the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 3 B Set the O2 control to 22 C Reset O2 to 21 and clear the alarm Set the Low Min Vol alarm to 10 L D Reset the Low Min Vol alarm to 1 0 and clear the alarm Set the Low Pressure alarm to 60 E Reset the Low Pressure alarm to 5 and clear the al
224. mounting bracket back panel and dovetail mounting plate together use a pop rivet tool to insert and set a 114 diameter shaft pop rivet into each of the four holes O t Pop Rivet Tool p Pop Rivet Dovetail Mounting Bracket Back Panel Dovetail Mounting Plate Rev G or Earlier Only 7 Thoroughly clean both sides of the back panel and visually inspect for pop rivet debris prior to reinstallation 8 To replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Page 8 34 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Back Panel Reinstallation Parts required for replacement Tools required Replace if damaged e Phillips screwdriver with e 1 4 Flat head Screw 8 P N 10430 torque meter e 1 2 Flat head Screw 6 P N 10338 ae AMES ane Wist e Finish Washer 6 P N 10191 e Grounding Clips 3 P N 10752 e Thermo Conductive Pad P N 11441 e Conductive Silicon Gasket P N 10882 e Loctite 4591 Adhesive P N 10773 e Dovetail Mounting bracket e Back Panel If not previously installed e Software version 3 13 or Higher or Programmed Memory PCBA Assembly P N 17476 001 e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions e Spacer Manifold to back panel 1 P N 11521 e 7 16 Pan head Screw 4 P N 10433 e Spiral Wrap 1 P N 10919 e Label Stepping Motor Connector 1 P N 11322 e Solenoid Manifold Assembly 1 P N 14125 e LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit P N 11684 e O02 Blender p
225. mperature Compensation The Temperature Compensation menu is used to set the temperature compensation for the flow valve on or off The Configuration menu is set up as follows TEMP COMP TCOMP ON TCOMP OFF TCOMP EXIT 1 Use the set value knob to rotate between options 2 To select an option press the Select button while the desired option is displayed in the window 3 Pressing the Control Lock exits to the previous menu without making any modifications to the temperature compensation 4 The temperature compensation selection can be viewed in the VENT MTNCE menu when powered up in Vent Maintenance mode Selecting an incorrect setting will cause slightly high or slightly low flows and volumes to be delivered This phenomenon may only exist either when the unit is warm or when the unit is cold Use the following guidelines to set this value Flow Valve VHome Thermistor Cable TEMP COMP setting setting 200 240 Thermistor Cable P N 11399 must be ON installed between the flow valve and the power board see page 6 27 All other VHome settings No Thermistor Cable should be OFF installed Refer to page 6 37 regarding the flow valve VHome setting 2 Only available Flow Valve VHome setting 200 240 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 39 Analog Board Setting In LTV ventilators the Analog Board menu is used to tell the software which type of analog PCBA i
226. must be 0 cmH2O before and gt 14 cmH O after activating the solenoid C Set SERVO to OFF Apply 15 e AP and FDw display must read 0 cmH 0O to the high flow XDCR 0 5 cmH20 after activating the solenoid port and turn the Apres solenoid on After reading turn the Apres solenoid off D Apply and maintain 15 cmH2O e FDw display must not change by more pressure to the low and high flow than 0 5 cmH O before and after XDCR port turn the Purge activating the solenoid solenoid on for 3 sec and then turn it off E Apply 15 cmH20 to both the low e FDw display must read 0 0 5 cmH20O and high flow XDCR ports and before activating the solenoid and must turn the ExhDiffP solenoid on equal AP 0 5 cmH O after After reading turn the ExhDiffP solenoid off F Apply and maintain 15 cmH20 e FDw display must read 15 0 5 cmH 0 pressure to the high flow XDCR port 10 Perform a Watchdog Test Simultaneously hold down the e Ventilator resets and performs POST Control Lock Manual Breath and Select buttons the three finger mode and press On Standby to turn the ventilator on in VENT MTNCE Press Select Turn to WDOG TEST and press Select again 100 Not applicable to the LTV 800 101 it is normal for a RESET alarm to occur at the conclusion of POST after performing the Watchdog test Battery Duration test or any other test that which causes the ventilator to go inoperative other than pre
227. n Blender Filter 8 86 Oxygen Blender Mounting 8 84 Oxygen Checkout Worksheet 9 31 Oxygen Pressure Transducer 8 49 P Parts Replacement E 8 PC FLOW TERM 7 2 PCBA Analog 8 48 PCBA Main 8 70 PCBA Memory 8 74 PCBA Motor 8 77 PCBA Power 8 89 PEEP Test 9 17 p n 10665 Rev H Performance Checkout Worksheet 9 24 Pisco Connector 8 48 8 49 PM See Preventative Maintenance Pneumatic Schematic See Schematic Port Solenoid Manifold 5 8 59 Power Board 8 89 Power Checkout Worksheet 9 13 Pressure Control Test 9 16 Preventative Maintenance 5 1 Protective Boots 8 4 R Real Time Transducer Data See RT XDCR DATA Real Time Transducer Test 9 18 Recalibration 8 75 Removal Component 8 1 REMOVE PTNT 2 2 Replacement Parts E 8 Replacement Component 8 1 RESET Alarm Troubleshooting 7 35 Rotary Knob Assembly 8 100 Rotary Switch Connector 8 63 8 65 Routing Internal Tubes 8 39 RT XDCR DATA 3 1 7 17 7 20 S Schematic Pneumatic Block Diagram 6 1 Pneumatic Detail 6 3 Scrolling B 4 Service Records Information 8 1 C 1 SERVO 6 30 7 20 Servo Test 6 30 set value knob 8 100 Settings Default E 13 Soft Side Panel 8 99 Software Analog PCBA 8 75 Software Compatibility 1 5 8 74 SOLENOID 6 32 Solenoid Manifold 8 63 8 65 8 73 8 98 8 102 8 103 Solenoid Test 6 32 Sounder Assembly 8 45 8 63 Connector 8 63 8 65 Specifica
228. n bulk charge the Charge Status LED is amber the ventilator may emit a high pitched sound that some people can hear This is normal Ventilator gets excessively hot Defective or disconnected fan Defective power board Defective thermo conductive heat sink pads Patient circuit leaks Ventilator must run harder to maintain PEEP A HW FAULT alarm usually accompanies this problem Fan operation can be checked by looking at it through the fan grill on the side of the vent If the fan is not operating open the ventilator and verify that the fan connector is securely connected to the power board Replace the fan assembly See Chapter 8 Fan Assembly for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Open the ventilator and inspect the two thermo conductive heat sink pads one attached to the back panel and one between the turbine manifold and the upper weldment See Chapter 8 Thermo Conductive Motor Board Heatsink Pad or Thermo Conductive Turbine Pad for instructions Perform a Leak Test and reseat or replace the leaking parts or connections See Chapter 2 Ventilator Checkout Tests Leak Test Ventilator does not work with LTM Graphics Monitor Communications setting is not set to MONITOR mode Ventilator requires upgrades to be compatible with LTM Graphics Monitor Defective connections between the LTM Graphics Monitor and th
229. nder Bracket P N 10119 e Phillips screwdriver with e Sounder Assembly P N 17432 001 torque meter e Soft Sides 10105 left and 10106 right a anEStane wast e Alarm Bumper P N 10573 Replace if damaged e 1 4 Pan head Screw 1 P N 10435 If not already installed e Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions To remove and replace the Sounder Assembly 1 Remove the ventilator back panel and disconnect the internal battery cable from the power board see instructions on page 8 31 Remove the left and right soft side panels 2 Disconnect the 2 wire sounder connector from the power board 3 Remove the pan head screw from the sounder bracket as shown 4 Remove the sounder bracket 5 For earlier version LTV s with a battery cache PCBA mounted on the power board remove the battery cache PCBA mounting screw 3 4 pan head and remove the battery cache PCBA 6 Remove the sounder assembly and alarm bumper 7 If not already installed replace the power board with a current power board P N 15000 Ground Clip 1 Sounder Assembly Current Version LTV s Sounder Bracket 1 4 Pan head Screw Earlier Version LTV s Alarm Bumper Battery Cache PCBA Mounting Screw Earlier Version LTV s p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 45 8 If an earlier version sounder assembly without a ground clip on the sounder body was previously installed in the sounder location rem
230. nder XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Calibrate the flow valve See Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibration for instructions Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Defective turbine Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Page 7 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Delivered flow is high Delivered flow is low High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Failed auto zero VHome setting does not match flow valve Failed calibration Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tubing has pinhole leaks or leaking at connections Defective flow valve Defective turbine Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks
231. nds D Slowly reduce voltage until the LTV DC voltage source is 10 0V 2 battery level LED extinguishes Vent Inop LED illuminated e Audible alarm sounds E Remove DC voltage source and test cable Reconnect the internal battery 2 Perform a battery duration battery charge test A Remove external power and operate e BAT LOW BAT Empty and INOP alarms unit from its internal battery until it sound shuts down Confirm Vent Inop LED is lit and audible alarm is sounding Connect external power clear alarms and allow the unit to operate normally and charge the battery for a minimum of 8 hours When the unit shuts down confirm Vent INOP LED is lit and INOP alarm sounds 88 The Internal Battery Test Cable and the External Battery Test Cable are available separately or as part of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 39 It is normal for a RESET alarm to occur at the conclusion of POST after performing the Watchdog test Battery Duration test or any other test that which causes the ventilator to go inoperative other than pressing and holding the On Standby button Press the Silence Reset button twice to clear the alarm p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 11 B With this charged battery remove external power clear the power lost alarm and allow ventilator to operate continuously using the following settings Mode Volume Assist Ctrl Breath Rate 15 Tidal Volume 800 Insp
232. nductive Pad remains attached to the case check it for damage or hardening and replace it if necessary If the Thermo Conductive Pad comes out with the turbine replace it with a new pad To replace the Thermo Conductive Pad 1 Peel the Thermo Conductive Pad off 2 If there is any adhesive residue left on the inside of the upper weldment or the turbine assembly remove it by washing with a mild cleaner 3 Remove the protective backing from the smooth side of the new Thermo Conductive Pad and place it on the turbine surface 4 Remove the protective cover from the Thermo Conductive Pad p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 107 To connect the new Turbine Manifold to the Oxygen Blender 1 Handle the manifold and blender carefully so as not to break the silicone seal around the oxygen tube entering the manifold If this seal is USE TIE WRAP damaged repair with RTV silicone TS See CONNECTION 2 Cut the cable tie that is holding the tube connection to the oxygen blender or oxygen bleed in block Separate the oxygen blender and turbine manifold SILICONE SEAL 3 Make a loose loop with a cable tie and slide it over the tube that connects the turbine manifold to the oxygen blender Connect the tube to the barbed fitting on the oxygen blender 4 Using a cable tie tool tighten the cable tie to 1 tension The cable tie tool should trim the tail off close to the connector To install the new Tu
233. nector fittings Board Shown with the two square holes in the side of the upper weldment and align the 64 pin female connector on the power PCBA with the 64 pin male connector on the main PCBA see illustration Square Holes 64 Pin Header 20 a Attach the power board to the main PCBA by pressing down directly on the JP12 64 pin header e The power board should seat on the main PCBA such that the pins on the main PCBA are visible through the top of the connector on the power board 21 x Insert and thread two 3 16 pan head screws P N 14372 through the power board into the standoffs on either side of the 64 pin female connector on the power board Torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm Page 8 94 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 22 Insert and thread two 7 16 pan head screws P N 10433 one into the mounting hole closest to U36 on the power board and one into the mounting hole nearest the sounder location Torque tighten both screws to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 7 16 Pan head Screws 3 16 Pan head r Screws 4 1 SR r We cg 64 Pin Header Current Version Power Board Shown Sounder Location 23 Insert a 7 8 red colored pan head solenoid manifold mounting screw P N 10607R as shown in the illustration below and torque tighten to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm P N 10607R f 7 8 Red Colored Pan head Screw Current Version Power Board Shown 24 Orient the pigtail
234. ng inspiration Sense lines are reversed Leak Compensation is not on LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Verify the exhalation valve is not leaking during inspiration If it is leaking open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly If necessary replace the exhalation diaphragm PEEP spring or exhalation valve with a new one The sense lines are not designed to be removed from either the wye or the Luer fittings If the sense lines have been removed and replaced incorrectly they may not seal correctly when replaced Replace the patient wye and sense lines with a known good assembly Verify that the Leak Compensation extended features option is set to On default setting is off See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms CONTINUED Delivered pressure is low PEEP is low ventilator is auto cycling Delivered pressure is low Monitored pressure is low Possible Causes Failed auto zero VHome setting does not match flow valve Failed calibration Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass
235. nt Trace to determine the kind of error See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for instructions on using the event trace Clear the alarm Reduce static causing conditions in the operating environment Replace the memory board See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Contact Pulmonetic Systems NO CAL DATA alarm NO CAL displayed in place of monitored values Event Log shows NO CAL Failed or missing calibration records Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Replace the analog board See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly DEFAULTS alarm Event Log shows DEFAULTS p n 10665 Rev H Electro static discharge ESD LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Some or all control settings were found to be invalid or out of range on power up and were restored to the default settings Clear the alarm Reduce static causing conditions in the operating environment Page 7 35 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Defective memory Replace the memory board See Chapter 8 board Memory Board for instructions Page 7 36 LTV Series Ventilator
236. ntrol breath Pressure control breaths are normally display flashing terminated by flow PC terminated when the set inspiratory time FLOW TERM is set to on expires Flow termination of pressure control breaths is allowed when PC FLOW TERM is set to ON See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of this feature When a pressure control breath is terminated by flow instead of time the Pres Control display is flashed Pressure Support Pressure support breath Pressure support breaths are normally display flashing terminated by time set terminated when the flow drops below the under TIME TERM set percentage of the peak flow Pressure support breaths may also terminate on time when the variable time limit is reached before the flow drops to the set level See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the FLOW TERM and TIME TERM features When a pressure support breath is terminated based on time the Pres Support display is flashed High Pres Limit HIGH PRES alarm The High Pres Limit display is flashed and display flashing occurred the HIGH PRES message is displayed when a high pressure alarm occurs The display will continue to flash even after the condition clears See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the HIGH PRES alarm feature Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and se
237. nual Page 7 27 Power and Battery Operation Problem Possible Causes What To Do The ventilator does not Defective AC source or power up adapter and depleted internal battery Memory board JP3 connector jumper not installed or not properly installed Defective memory board Defective power board Defective main board Connect the ventilator to a known good AC source using a known good AC adapter Verify the power cord for the adapter is fully seated Allow the internal battery to charge a minimum of 8 hours Install or reposition the Memory board JP3 connector jumper See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions Reseat or replace the memory board See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Vent Inop LED is on Vent in Standby and ventilator is not ventilating Ventilator was running on internal battery and battery became depleted Vent Inop Memory board JP3 connector jumper not installed or not properly installed Defective memory board Defective power board Defective main board After the vent has been turned off and the external power is reconnected the Vent Inop LED is lit This is normal Press On Standby button to turn ventilator on Connect ventilator to good external power source Power u
238. o approximately 50 PSI 2 Turn off the O2 supply 3 Observe the gauge and record any drop in pressure Requirements The leakage rate shall be lt 1 PSI in one 1 minute 4 Record the leakage value on the Calibration Data Sheet To calibrate the O inlet pressure transducer 1 Press the Select button while O2 INLET is displayed O2 50 PSI is displayed 2 Remove the O2 High Pressure Port Cap and connect the high pressure gas source to the Oz inlet port Increase to and maintain the pressure at 50 0 0 2 PSI 18 Oz is available on LTV 1000 only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 17 3 Check the values displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the value stabilizes record the number on the Calibration Worksheet at the end of this section and press Select O2 0 PSI is displayed 4 With the Oz inlet port open to ambient room air observe the values in the Tidal Volume window When value stabilizes record the number on the Calibration Worksheet Press SELECT MOTOR DRIVE is displayed if the calibration was successful If CAL FAIL appears at any time press Select to exit the calibration When O2 INLET is displayed press Select and perform the calibration again Page 6 18 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Motor Drive Calibration To perform the motor drive calibration you will need the following equipment e Motor Drive Calibration Tool P N 10871
239. ode DEFINITION A mode of ventilation where the patient receives a fixed number of machine breaths In Control Mode patient triggers are not allowed CPAP Continuous Positive Airway Pressure A positive pressure continually applied throughout the breath cycle CPAP Mode A mode of ventilation where the patient triggers all breaths Available breath types are Pressure Support and Spontaneous Display Window A set of 12 dot matrix displays used to show monitored data alarm messages and Extended Feature menu items EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory A type of memory that is used by the ventilator to maintain calibration data control setting and other data when power is not applied to the ventilator Event Any condition noted in the ventilator s event trace This may include both error conditions and normal operational events Exhaled Tidal Volume See Tidal Volume Expiratory Hold A maneuver which holds the expiratory phase of a delivered breath for a duration sufficient to determine the AutoPEEP of a patient Extended Features A set of ventilator controls and options that are not associated with Front Panel controls Extended Features are accessed through a menu shown in the display window f See Breath Rate monitored Flow The rate at which gas is delivered to the patient measured in Lom Flow Trigger A patient effort in which the amount of bias fl
240. old Inspiratory Time Leak Compensation Language O Option PIP LED Display 117 Not applicable on LTV 900 and 800 118 Not applicable on LTV 800 Range 3 cmH20O 1 to 80 bpm mm dd yyyy dd mm yyyy yyyy mm dd Toggles between manual or automatic display scrolling and changes monitor displayed One push toggles monitor window display between normal display INSP HOLD and EXP HOLD While INSP HOLD is displayed a push and hold initiates an Inspiratory Hold While EXP HOLD is displayed a push and hold initiates an Expiratory Hold 0 3 to 9 9 seconds On Off English Dansk Deutsch Espanol Francais Italiano Portugues Svenska 21 to 100 On Off 119 Not applicable on LTV 950 900 and 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Volume Control Pressure Control Pressure Support Spontaneous Control Assist Control SIMV CPAP NPPV Apnea Backup Tolerance 2 cmH20 1 bpm or 10 of breath period whichever is less n a n a 6 seconds maximum 6 seconds maximum 0 05 seconds n a n a O mean 21 to 50 3 absolute 51 to 100 5 absolute steady state only n a Page A 1 Variable Controls cont Control Pressure Control Pressure Control Flow Termination Pressure Support Set Date Set Time Sensitivity LTV 1000 950 amp 900 Sensitivity LTV 800 Tidal Volume
241. old to back panel spacer has previously been installed on the manifold plate see illustration proceed to step 8 otherwise continue 6 Remove four 1 4 pan head screws from the manifold plate and disconnect the J2 connector from the motor board as shown below 7 Position the spacer P N 11521 over the manifold plate aligning its four mounting screw holes as shown below Insert and lightly thread four 7 16 pan head screws through the spacer into the manifold plate screw holes Torque tighten to 20 in oz 0 14Nm Reconnect the J2 connector onto the motor board F L Spacer 7 16 Pan head wf 4 places 1 J2 connector disconnected Manifold Plate Small tube does not extend beyond edge of power board Warning Label Power PCB P N 15000 8 Verify spiral wrap and a warning label have been installed on the flow valve s Stepping Motor 4 wire lead wires If not install them at this time See To replace the Flow Valve assembly on page 8 56 for instructions 9 For all LTV series ventilators verify that a current version power PCB has been installed with software version 3 13 or higher If not install them at this time 10 For all LTV 800 ventilators verify that a current version solenoid manifold assembly P N 14125 has been installed If not install at this time e Solenoid manifold assembly P N 14125 is for use on LTV 800 ventilators in combination with power PCBA P N 15000 and software vers
242. olutions per minute A unit for measuring turbine speed Scrolling Monitor Data Display Allows the user to display the monitored values statically or automatically scroll them While scrolling is active each monitored value will be displayed for 3 seconds then the next value will be automatically displayed SIMV Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation SIMV Mode A mode of ventilation where a minimum number of Machine or Assist breaths are given and the patient is allowed to trigger additional Patient breaths Available Breath types are Volume Control Pressure Control Pressure Support and Spontaneous Spontaneous Breath Tidal Volume monitored Vte Total Breath Rate A patient breath where the circuit pressure is elevate to 1 cmH20O above PEEP and maintained there until flow decreases to 10 of the peak flow achieved or 3 Lom Spontaneous Breaths are also terminated when they exceed 2 breath periods The exhaled volume measured at the patient wye Exhaled Volume is measured for all breath types See Breath Rate monitored Transducer An electromechanical device used to measure pressure or flow Vealc A monitor that displays the calculated peak flow for Volume Control breaths Vcalc is calculated based on the set Tidal Volume and the Set Inspiratory Time VE See Minute Volume monitored Volume Control Breath A machine or assist breath where a user set volume is delivered over a
243. on drive line leaking or loose Exhalation valve leaking during inspiration Sense lines are reversed Calibrate the flow valve See Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibration for instructions Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Run a Leak Test and reseat or replace the leaking parts or connections See Chapter 2 Leak Test for instructions Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Verify the exhalation valve is not leaking during inspiration If it is leaking open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve back in place See Chapter 4 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly If necessary replace the exhalation diaphragm PEEP spring or exhalation valve with a new one The sense lines are not designed to be removed from either the wye or the Luer fittings If the sense lines have been removed and re
244. on the main board Once the ribbon cable is fully inserted slide the ZIF connector closed 15 Replace the Memory Board into the main board see instructions on page 8 74 16 Replace the power board if not already installed replace with current power board P N 15000 see instructions on page 8 89 17 Replace the Alarm sounder see instructions on page 8 45 18 Reconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector and 2 wire sounder connectors to the power board e The keyed connectors can only be installed in one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 19 With main board power board and Memory Board installed move dip switches 1 and 5 to the ON position and all other dip switches to the OFF position DIP Switches ri Lr tes i N Bee oa DIP Switches 1 and50N 2 3 4 6 7 and 8 OFF 20 Connect the AC Adapter to the power board Press the ON button and all LEDs will be illuminated Check the LED alignment If any alignment is required remove the AC power adapter then adjust the main board and LEDs as needed Page 8 72 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 21 When LEDs are aligned return all DIP switches to the default positions as shown below DIP Switches x q y J a S i 1 i DIP Switches f 6 and 8 ON 1 2 3 4 5 and 7 OFF lt 20 Reconnect the flexible tubes to the solenoid m
245. on ventilators the screw will be in the upper hole For current version ventilators the screw will be in the lower hole of the leg 3 Using a Philips screwdriver remove the two flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the legs of the upper boot and the two flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the sides of the upper boot as indicated in the illustration 4 Retain the screws and finish washers for reuse when the upper boot is reinstalled 5 Remove the upper boot Upper Hole Earlier Version Lower Hole Current Version 38 Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Replacement Screws kit P N 11149 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 5 To temporarily remove the Lower Protective Boot 1 Lay the ventilator down front up and use a Philips head screwdriver to remove the four flat head mounting screws and finish washers in the sides of the lower boot as indicated in the illustration below 2 Retain the screws and finish washers for reuse when the lower boot is reinstalled 3 Remove the lower boot See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information Page 8 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Boots Permanent Removal Parts required for repla
246. ons Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 11 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Delivered pressure is high Monitored pressure is high Diaphragm is incorrectly seated in exhalation valve High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Open the exhalation valve and remove the diaphragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve or peepless valve cap back in place See page 4 2 for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Failed auto zero VHome setting does not match flow valve Failed calibration Defective flow valve Perform an auto zero u
247. ors or MRI equipment Notice to Users Unsafe Operation Servicing the LTV Series ventilator without a complete and thorough understanding of its attributes may result in unsafe operating conditions It is important that this manual be read and understood in its entirety before servicing the ventilator Warnings and Cautions Section Read the section on Warnings and Cautions carefully before attempting to service or operate the LTV Series ventilators General warnings and cautions which apply any time you use the ventilator are listed in the front of this manual General and specific warnings and cautions also appear throughout the text where they are most meaningful Use and Maintenance Any questions regarding installing setting up operating or maintaining the LTV Series ventilators should be directed to a service technician who has been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems or Pulmonetic Systems Inc using the contact information at the front of this manual p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page iii Contents INOUCOS AE E A A A vai seca ese che eee E Ses est ee ak ie A des at eesti ees IT ili Chapter 1 IN rOGUCHON viciiecicccisiciesisscsdeenciecevecsnsnseeesnndsaveesrdecntanenseceuerenausnadees 1 1 Getting Assistance siii aia aa ee ie eden dh a AA aig ain cis AAA AA eaten 1 1 Operator s Safety Information ceccccecceceeeeeceesceceeeeecaeeeeaaeseeneeeceaeegeaaesgeneesaeeesaaesseaae
248. ort cap P N 15016 or Low O2 port cap 14446 1 Before replacing the back panel verify that any dipswitch settings have been restored to their correct positions as shown below DIP Switches K man Pd s 4 1 a s b H A o DIP Switches 7 6and8 ON 41 2 3 4 5 and 7 OFF The Dovetail Mounting Bracket is contained in Pulmonetic Systems Dovetail Replacement Kit P N 11493 57 Contact Pulmonetic Systems for back panel replacement information 58 To ensure the advantage of all new features and reliability improvements Pulmonetic Systems requires that the LTV ventilator s operating software be at or higher than version 3 13 when performing any Maintenance and Calibration processes or Component Removal and Replacement procedures 59 Solenoid Manifold Assembly P N 14125 is for use on LTV 800 ventilators in combination with power board P N 15000 and software version 3 13 or higher p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 35 2 Turn the ventilator face down 3 Check the serial number on the back of the ventilator to ensure it matches the number found on the inside of the ventilator near the fan assembly If the serial numbers do not match locate the correct back panel for the ventilator before continuing 4 Verify the thermo conductive pad is applied to the inside of the back panel If it is not apply one See instructions on page 8 104 to install 5 If a manif
249. ou will need the following equipment e Calibration Syringe assembly P N 11471 with a T connection to a pressure manometer 0 90 cmH20 The pinch clamps should be used between each Luer fitting and the T connection to block off the unused Luer fitting for each step in this procedure e Syringe with a T connection to a test lung or other large compliance reservoir and a male Luer fitting Calibration Syringe Assembly o ea Bal Pinch Clamp gt if Ni Pinch Clamp t 4 Syringe Manometer Male Luer Fitting pe Female Luer Fitting Ventilator Low Pressure Male Luer Fitting Ventilator High Pressure Female Luer Fitting Ventilator To calibrate the flow differential transducer 1 Press the Select button while FLOW DIFF is displayed If the appropriate setting for the analog board installed has been selected See Analog Configuration menu on page 6 40 the following will be displayed e FD 30 wH20 is displayed for ventilators with either analog PCBA P N 10643 Rev D or higher or P N 10136 Rev F or higher installed Proceed to the next step e FD 30 yH 0 is displayed for ventilators with analog PCBA P N 10136 Rev E or lower installed Proceed to step 4 Analog PCBA LTV Ventilator Model P N LTV 1000 LTV 950 LTV 900 LTV 800 10136 X X X X 10643 X X X 11803 X 15 Not applicable to LTV 800 1 The Calibration Syringe is available separately or as pa
250. ove the 3 grounding clips from the alarm sounder cut out in the right side of the upper weldment see illustration below before installing the current version sounder assembly with a ground clip installed on the sounder body agenesis os Ke Upper Weldment s Alarm Sounder Cut out Ze Earlier Version LTV Grounding Clips remove 3 places aN lt gt aslkas r Sounder Assembly Sounder Bracket Ground Clip 1 Current Version LTV s Alarm Bumper Connector 9 Place the sounder assembly in the cut out in the right side of the upper EO ee E weldment 5 3 Page 8 46 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 10 Line the sounder bracket up with the sounder and the mounting hole in the side panel e Orient the sounder assembly to align the slot in the grounding clip with the hole in the sounder bracket as shown e Replace the pan head screw in the sounder bracket and torque tighten to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 11 Connect the 2 wire lead connector on the sounder assembly to the 2 pin male connector on the power board The small legs on the sounder assembly wire connector should be indexed towards the vertical tab on the power board connector e When the connector is properly seated it will snap into place 12 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 47 Ana
251. ow diverted into the patient s lungs exceeds the Sensitivity setting A flow trigger will result in delivery of an Assist or Patient breath according to the ventilation mode LE Ratio monitored The ratio of inspiratory time to exhalation time for a breath The smaller value is normalized to 1 in oz Inch ounces A measurement of torque Inspiratory Hold A maneuver which holds the inspiratory phase of a volume delivered breath for a duration sufficient to determine A Pres pressure and static lung compliance of the patient L Leak Compensation LED Lpm Machine Breath Liters A unit of measure for volume Leak Compensation improves triggering when a circuit leak is present Light Emitting Diode An indicator that is illuminated on the Front Panel Liters Per Minute A unit of measure for flow A volume or pressure breath that is initiated by the operator or the ventilator and is controlled and cycled by the ventilator Machine Breaths may occur in Control and Assist Control modes The operator may cause a machine breath in any mode using the Manual Breath Button Manual Breath Page B 2 A Machine Breath initiated by the operator pressing the Manual Breath Button LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H TERM MAP DEFINITION See Mean Airway Pressure Mean Airway Pressure monitored MAP Mean Airway Pressure MAP is calculated for the most recent 60 seconds
252. oz 0 14 Nm _ _ r A Counter Pn Ae Sink amp amp AY xample Orientation Arrow ven Washer to Flat head 2 Screw Orientation A r N p Flat head Screw A SE aae 4 places CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 15 LTMATV mounting assembly installation and removal Parts Required for Installation Tools required Components e Phillips screwdriver The LTM to LTV mounting assembly p n 17916 001 with torque meter which contains e 7 64 Allen wrench e LTM to LTV mounting bracket 1 p n 17918 001 e LTM to LTV mounting block 1 p n 17917 001 e LTV external accessories screw kit 1 p n 11149 e 4 40 X 3 8 pan head mounting screws 5 p n 10879 e 4 40 X 5 16 pan head mounting screw 1 p n 11356 e Instruction sheet LTM to LTV mounting bracket 1 p n 18081 001 In order to accommodate an LTM Graphics Monitor an LTM LTV mounting assembly must be attached to a compatible LTV Series ventilator To access internal components of the LTV ventilator for service the mounting bracket must be removed This section is divided into four sub sections to accommodate the removal re
253. p n 10665 Rev H Settings Front Panel Controls and Extended Features The following tables provide factory default information Front Panel Controls Control Default Control Default Breath Rate 12 bpm High Pres Limit 20 cmH20 Tidal Volume 500 ml Low Pres 5 cmH20 Pressure Control 1 cmH2O Low Minute Volume 2 5 Lom Inspiratory Time 1 5 sec Volume Pressure Mode Volume Pressure Support 1 cmH2O Ventilation Mode Assist Control O 21 Low Pres O Source Off 2 Lpm LTV 1000 950 amp 900 Sensitivity ih a ean Control Lock On Extended Features Feature Default Feature Default Alarm Volume 85 dBA Leak Compensation Off Apnea Interval 20 sec NPPV Mode Off HP Alarm Delay No Delay Control Unlock Easy LPP Alarm All Breaths Language English 134 i G Rise Time Profile 4 Com Setting se hae 950 amp 900 Var Flow Term 25 Date Format mm dd yy Var Time Term 1 5 sec PIP LED On PC Flow Term Off 133 Applicable to LTV 1000 and 950 only 134 Not applicable to LTV 800 135 Applicable to LTV 1000 only 138 In versions of the LTV software before 00 01 28 the default for the PIP LED was Off Upgrade to the minimum of software version 3 13 See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 13 Tools Required General Tools The following general tools are required to perform various procedure
254. p the vent and check the EVENT TRACE for events indicating the reason for inop See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for information on reading the event trace Install or reposition the Memory board JP3 connector jumper See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions Reseat or replace the memory board See Chapter 8 Memory Board for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Page 7 28 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Problem Possible Causes What To Do The ventilator doesn t operate from external power Defective AC source AC adapter power cord loose Defective AC adapter Defective power board Make sure the AC adapter is plugged into a good AC source and is securely connected to the ventilator Verify the power cord for the adapter is fully seated Replace the AC adapter Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions The ventilator does not operate from internal battery The ventilator shuts off when external power is removed Internal battery depleted Internal battery not connected Defective internal battery Defective power board If the internal battery is depleted charge the internal battery for 24 hours by connecting the external AC adapter and
255. page 8 31 N Remove the left soft side see instructions on page 8 99 Remove the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 EN Remove the flow valve see instructions on page 8 55 To remove the Turbine Manifold and Oxygen Blender 1 Disconnect the O2 blender 8 wire connector from the power board LTV 1000 blender only 72 In the European Union Loctite 8104 may be substituted as an equivalent compound Page 8 106 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 2 Disconnect the O tube from the oxygen pressure transducer on the analog board LTV 1000 blender only Disconnect the turbine s 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the motor board 4 Disconnect the bypass tubing from the connector at the base of the turbine manifold Remove the 4 screws labeled MANIFOLD SCREW from the turbine manifold Remove the 4 blender mounting screws and metal washers from the outside of the ventilator 7 Remove the oxygen blender turbine manifold and interior inlet filter Use caution do not remove the grounding straps and grommets that are between the oxygen blender and the side of the ventilator case Manifold Screw If not previously installed replace Label 4 places t with 1 7 8 Black colored Pan head P N 10918B 4 places 8 The Thermo Conductive Pad beneath the turbine may adhere to the turbine when it is removed or may remain attached to the case If the Thermo Co
256. pages 8 39 through 8 44 Identify the diagram for tube routing configuration that exists in the ventilator being serviced Refer to the appropriate diagram when reconnecting the tubes to the current configuration Page 8 48 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 3 For LTV 1000 models remove the Pisco connector from the oxygen pressure transducer To do this pinch the two white collars on the Pisco connector toward each other and slide the Pisco connector off the oxygen pressure transducer Press in to release Pisco connector Oxygen Pressure Transducer 4 Remove the two screws that attach the analog board to the power board and remove the analog board If not previously installed replace t with 1 4 Green colored Pan head P N 10435G 2 places p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 49 5 Using the chart shown at the beginning of this section select the appropriate new analog board to install in the ventilator being serviced Note The use of hardware with revision levels lower than the most current revision available may result in some new software features not functioning Contact Pulmonetic Systems for additional information 6 Install the new analog board and replace the two mounting screws if not previously installed replace the screws with two inch green pan heads P N 10435G Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 7 Attach the
257. place the thermo conductive pad Peel the Thermo Conductive Pad off If there is any adhesive residue left on the inside of the upper weldment or the turbine assembly remove it by washing with a mild cleaner Remove the protective backing from the smooth side of the new Thermo Conductive Pad and center it on the turbine surface Remove the protective cover from the Thermo Conductive Pad To connect the Turbine Manifold to a new Oxygen Blender 1 Handle the manifold and blender carefully so as not to break the silicone seal around the oxygen tube entering the manifold If this seal is damaged repair with RTV silicone a SEEURE adhesive CONNECTION Cut the cable tie that is holding the tube connection to the oxygen blender or oxygen bleed in block Separate the oxygen blender SILICONE and turbine manifold Make a loose loop with a cable tie and slide it over the tube that connects the turbine manifold to the oxygen blender Connect the tube to the barbed fitting on the oxygen blender Using a cable tie tool tighten the cable tie to 1 tension The cable tie tool should trim the tail off close to the connector Page 8 82 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To install the Turbine Manifold and Oxygen Blender 1 Slide the turbine manifold and oxygen blender into place Be sure not to catch any tubing or wiring under the manifold while it is being installed ian Tanad L Soft Sid
258. placed incorrectly they may not seal correctly when replaced Replace the patient wye and sense lines with a known good assembly Page 7 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes CONTINUED Leak Compensation is not f on Monitored volume is low Delivered volume is Ow Failed auto zero Bypass flexible tube pinched Pinhole leaks in bypass flexible tube VHome setting does not match flow valve Failed calibration Defective flow valve Defective turbine What to Do Verify that the Leak Compensation extended features option is set to On default setting is off See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information If the bypass flexible tube is pinched it can usually be seen pressed against the louver openings in the bottom of the ventilator case Open the ventilator and remove the back panel Replace the back panel being sure to fit the louvers in between the upper and lower loop of the bypass flexible tube before seating the back cover If the bypass flexible tube is leaking replace it Correct the VHome setting See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccu
259. placement or installation of the LTM LTV mounting bracket under the following conditions e Temporary Removal to allow removal of the back panel for access e Permanent Removal to permanently remove the bracket e Reinstallation to replace bracket after ventilator maintenance e Installation if a mounting assembly was previously installed Page 8 16 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H LTM mounting assembly temporary removal current LTMs Parts required for replacement Tools required e None e Phillips screwdriver with torque meter 7 64 Allen wrench 1 Lay the disconnected ventilator on a clean dry surface Use a 7 64 Allen wrench to remove the three screws from the mounting block located in the center of the LTM mounting assembly as shown below e Retain the screws for reuse when the mounting block is reinstalled 2 Before removing the remaining screws make a note of the position of the screw in the leg of the mounting bracket with a circular notch just above the elongated screw slot see illustration below e Onearlier version ventilators the screw hole behind this slot will align in the top half of the slot near the circular notch e For current version ventilators the screw hole will align in the lower half of the slot 3 Use a small Philips screwdriver and remove the five back panel mounting screws and the LTM mounting assembly as shown Retain the screws for r
260. pond to the SERVO controls open the ventilator and verify that the flow valve connectors are securely connected to the motor and power boards Replace the flow valve See Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly for instructions Replace the motor board See Chapter 8 Motor Board Assembly for instructions Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Repeated HW FAULT alarms fan not turning ventilator gets excessively hot Event Log shows FAN FLT1 Defective or disconnected fan Fan housing screws over tight Fan operation can be checked by looking at it through the fan grill on the side of the vent If the fan is not operating open the ventilator and verify that the fan connector is securely connected to the power board Verify that the fan is mounted flush to the case and the fan wiring is not pinched between the fan and case If the fan wiring is pinched it may operate correctly with the ventilator case open but fail when the ventilator back panel is tightened down Verify that the fan housing screws have not been over tightened If the screws are too tight the housing may be warped and the fan may not turn or may turn too slowly If the fan wiring has been pinched or the fan does not operate replace the fan assembly See Chapter 8 Fan Assembly for instructions Page 7 34 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible C
261. problem with the charge circuit on the power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 29 Problem Possible Causes What To Do Battery Charge Status Internal battery charging The Charge Status LED flashes amber LED is flashing amber while the battery charging circuit evaluates the battery as a part of the charge cycle If the battery is found to be OK the Charge Status LED will change to solid amber while the battery is charging The internal battery charges any time the ventilator is connected to an external power source If the battery is deeply discharged the Charge Status LED may flash amber for up to an hour Defective internal battery If the battery does not reach full capacity after several charge cycles vent should run for more than 40 minutes on nominal settings replace the internal battery See Chapter 8 Internal Battery Pack for instructions Defective power board If the battery won t charge completely after replacing it there may be a problem with the charge circuit on the power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly for instructions Battery Charge Status Defective power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 LEDs Rashig Ted Power Board Assembly for instructions Battery Charge Status Internal battery not If the internal
262. proximal end of the patient circuit 5 Press the Select button while LEAK is displayed Display Area Soret Guth LEAK is displayed Airway Pressure cmH20 PulmoneticS ystems LTV1000 0 Senstiviy Pres Limit Low Pressure LowMin Vol Vert 02 Fush gair emitO L za fo BEE HEB BH OB amp BEE The Leak Test cannot be run until the ventilator has been running for 60 seconds If you attempt to run the leak test before the warm up period has completed a WAITING message will be displayed When the warm up period is complete the Leak Test menu item is redisplayed p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 2 9 6 To perform the Leak Test the ventilator does the following a Closes the exhalation valve and sets the flow valve to a near closed state The display briefly shows HOMING VALVE b Elevates the turbine motor speed The display shows SET TURBINE c Elevates the circuit pressure The display shows PRES xx x cmH20 where xx x is the real time airway pressure d Sets the flow valve to a near closed position The display shows FLOW xx x Lpm where XX X is the flow through the flow valve e After several seconds the display shows LEAK xx xx PASS or LEAK xx xx FAIL indicating the Leak Test results 7 The Leak Test will fail if the flow through the flow valve is greater than 0 4 Lpm 8 To exit the Leak Test press the Select button again and the next menu item is displayed Not
263. ps screwdriver e Membrane Switch Panel P N 11806 1 with torque meter e Dental pick or flat tip e Overlay Panel English P N 11806 2 screwdriver For LTV 900 e ree anti static e Membrane Switch Panel P N 10641 1 e Overlay Panel English P N 10641 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese P N 10641 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish P N 10641 4 e Overlay Panel German P N 10641 5 e Overlay Panel French P N 10641 6 e Overlay Panel Italian P N 10641 7 e Overlay Panel Portuguese P N 10641 8 For LTV 950 e Membrane Switch Panel P N 10953 1 e Overlay Panel English P N 10953 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese P N 10953 3 e Overlay Panel Spanish P N 10953 4 e Overlay Panel German P N 10953 5 e Overlay Panel French P N 10953 6 e Overlay Panel Italian P N 10953 7 e Overlay Panel Portuguese P N 10953 8 Overlay Panel Norwegian P N 10953 10 e Overlay Panel Russian P N 10953 12 For LTV 1000 without I E Hold e Membrane Switch Panel P N 10114 1 e Overlay Panel English P N 10114 2 e Overlay Panel Japanese P N 10114 3 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 61 Parts required for replacement Tools required Overlay Panel Spanish Overlay Panel German Overlay Panel French Overlay Panel Italian Overlay Panel Portuguese For LTV 1000 with I E Hold Membrane Switch Panel Overlay Panel English Overlay Panel Japanese Overlay Panel Spanish Overlay Panel German Overlay Panel French Overlay Panel Italian Overlay Panel Portu
264. ption Action CLR EVENTS Clears the event trace e All events and associated dates times and data are removed CLR CONTROLS Clears the control settings e All settings will be returned to their default values CLR CAL Clears the calibration records e Once this is done the unit must be recalibrated CLR BAD REC Reclaims all incorrectly recognized bad EEPROM records Logs a software 5 01 or CLR BREC event showing the number of records cleared greater only CLR ALL Clears events control settings and calibration records e All events and associated dates times and data are removed e All settings will be returned to their default values e All calibration records are removed the unit must be recalibrated prior to powering down the ventilator 32 Non volatile memory is memory that is not erased when the ventilator is turned off or disconnected Page 6 44 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Vent Maintenance Menu Exit To exit the vent maintenance menu 1 Press Select while EXIT is displayed 2 VENT MTNCE is displayed To access the other main extended features menu options turn the Set Value knob to the desired item and press Select 3 To return the ventilator to normal operation see the instructions under Vent Maintenance Exit at the beginning of this section p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 45 Chapter 7 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter descr
265. r p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 4 7 Cleaning the Fan Filter To clean the fan filter 1 Turn the ventilator off 2 Remove the fan filter grill by popping it out with a small screwdriver or long nose pliers 3 Remove the fan filter by gently pinching the foam filter and pulling it out Note If you touch the rotating fan blades while removing the fan filter grill or filter a HW FAULT may occur This is normal Clear the HW FAULT alarm by using the Silence Reset button 4 Hand wash the filter using warm water and a mild liquid detergent 5 Rinse the filter thoroughly in warm water to remove all detergent 6 Inspect the filter for damage and replace if necessary 7 Allow the filter to air dry before replacing it into the ventilator 8 Replace the filter and snap the fan filter grill in place CAUTION Wet or Damp Filters Do not install a wet or damp filter into the LTV Series ventilators This could damage the ventilator Page 4 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Chapter 5 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE The following preventative maintenance is required for proper operation of the LTV Series ventilator Recommended Maintenance Schedule The LTV Series ventilator is designed to operate for extended periods of time with a minimum amount of maintenance The following maintenance is recommended Hours of Service Maintenance Required Prior
266. r See the LTV UNLOCK Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of this feature To unlock in EASY mode press and release the Control Lock button To unlock in HARD mode press and hold the Control Lock button for 3 seconds LMV OFF is Low Minute Volume alarm These are informational messages only displayed is turned off See the LTV Series Ventilator i l i f LMV LPPS OFF is Low Minute Volume alarm E lor an oxpianauans 0 displayed is turned off and the LPP i ALARM has been set to VC PC ONLY LPPS OFF is LPP ALARM has been set displayed to VC PC ONLY p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 5 Ventilator Performance Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Ventilator is auto cycling monitored volumes are very small and RT XDCR DATA item FTx shows negative flows during exhalation and positive flows during inspiration Sense lines are reversed The sense lines are not designed to be removed from either the wye or the Luer fittings If the sense lines have been removed and replaced incorrectly they may not seal correctly when replaced Replace the patient wye and sense lines with a known good assembly Ventilator won t allow patient to exhale Diaphragm installed backwards or incorrectly seated in exhalation valve Sense lines occluded pinched or reversed Internal flexible tubing occluded or pinched Internal flexible tub
267. r external surfaces should be cleaned before and after each patient use and as may be required To clean the ventilator 1 Wipe the exterior surfaces of the ventilator with a clean damp cloth The use of an anti bacterial cleaning solution is recommended Be sure to wipe away any residual cleaner CAUTION Ventilator Sterilization To avoid irreparable damage to the LTV Series ventilator do not attempt to sterilize it Cleaning Agents To avoid damaging the ventilator s plastic components and Front Panel do not use cleaning agents containing ammonium chloride other chloride compounds more than 2 glutaraldehyde phenols or abrasive cleaners Ventilator Immersion Do not immerse the ventilator in liquids Exhalation Valve Cleaning Do not pour or spray liquid cleaners into the exhalation valve Front Panel Cleaning Do not pour or spray liquid cleaners onto the Front Panel p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 4 1 Cleaning the Exhalation Valve and Reusable Patient Circuit ZN WARNING Patient Circuits Pulmonetic Systems Patient Circuits Exhalation Valve Assemblies and Water Traps are shipped clean not sterile Ultra Violet Light Sensitivity The material used in the tubing of the Reusable Patient Circuits is not UV stable Avoid exposure of tubing to UV light PEEP Valve Rotation Attempting to adjust the PEEP valve counterclockwise past zero 0 may damage the PEEP
268. r recalibration is indicated recalibrate that transducer see Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions and repeat the test e f analog board replacement is indicated replace the analog PCBA See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions and repeat the test e If the results for the transducers are within tolerance perform the flow valve Accuracy Checkout tests to determine accuracy of the flow valve Page 7 24 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Flow Valve Accuracy Checkout Check flow valve accuracy as follows 1 Atthe Tidal Volume setting which is giving failing results press the Tidal Volume button and VCALC xxx Lpm will be displayed this is the calculated peak flow for the set volume Record this number 2 Turn the unit off then on again in VENT MTNCE by holding down the Control Lock Manual Breath and Select buttons 3 finger mode while powering on the ventilator Select VENT MTNCE and perform a STEP TEST e lf the unit fails the Step Test replace the flow valve See Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly for instructions e lf the unit passes the Step Test proceed to the next step 3 Select SERVO ON and using a calibrated flow meter measure the output flow in 10 liter increments from 10 Lpm to the peak calculated flow e To adjust the set flow rate see Chapter 6 Servo for instructions e If the peak flow is above 50 Lpm increase the turbine speed to 5000 RPM e If the o
269. r to verify the opening is not blocked Vent Inop Alarm Test Alarm does not sound Alarm sounder blocked Check the alarm sounder opening in the right side of the ventilator to verify the opening is not blocked Sounder fails to sound Replace sounder See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly Power PCBA does not drive Replace Power PCBA See Chapter 8 SRUNGEF Power Board Assembly Vent Inop Alarm Test Inop LED fails to illuminate Replace Main PCBA See Chapter 8 LED portion of Vent Main Board Assembly Inop Alarm test fails Power PCBA does not drive Replace Power PCBA See Chapter 8 did crank Power Board Assembly Vent Inop Alarm Test Power PCBA is defective Replace Power PCBA See Chapter 8 Vent Inop alarm Power Board Assembly audible tone and or LED did not last 15 seconds fail Vent Inop Alarm Test Vent Inop alarm tone and or LED fails test Unknown Discontinue use of the ventilator and contact Pulmonetic Systems for information Vent Inop Alarm Test Confirming audible chirp does not sound Ventilator does not have power board P N 15000 installed Audible alarm did not sound long enough before test was terminated Ventilators that do not have power board P N 15000 installed do not have the confirming audible chirp feature Install Power Board P N 15000 mandatory See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly Repeat the Vent Inop Ala
270. racket mounting screw 1 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 47 Turbine Manifold mounting screws 4 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 83 amp 8 108 Page E 16 140 Inch ounces A measurement of torque Newton meters A measurement of torque equivalent to 0 007062 inch ounces LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Appendix F INDEX 2 24 Hr Burn in Worksheet 9 33 A A D Counts E 15 AD MMTCH AD MTCH1 Definition D 9 Airway Pressure AP E 15 Airway Pressure Calibration 6 7 AIRWAY Displayed 6 9 Alarm Sounder 8 45 8 65 Alarm Test Troubleshooting 7 37 ALARM VOL 7 37 ALARM Displayed 2 4 Alarm Test 9 2 Alarms DEFAULTS 7 35 DISC SENSE 7 32 HIGH PRES 7 31 HW FAULT 7 34 7 35 NO CAL 7 35 NO CAL DATA 7 35 RESET 7 35 XDCR FAULT 7 33 Alarms Troubleshooting 7 31 Analog Board 8 48 8 49 8 50 Analog Board Setting 6 39 6 41 Anti Static Precautions 8 74 Assistance Getting 1 1 8 2 Autocycling 7 6 7 10 7 19 7 32 B Back Panel 8 3 8 31 Barbed Elbow 8 85 Battery Checkout Worksheet See Power Checkout Worksheet Battery Pack Internal 8 66 Blender See Oxygen Blender Blender Filter See Oxygen Blender Filter Block Diagram See Schematic Boots Protective 8 4 Breath Rate Test 9 15 Button Panel See Front Panel Bypass Tubing 8 85 p n 10665 Rev H C CAL FAIL 6 10 6 16 6 18 6 20 Calibration 5 1 6 6 Airway Pressure 6 7
271. ragm and spring Reseat the spring and diaphragm valve and snap the peep valve or peepless valve cap back in place See page 4 6 for a diagram of correct exhalation valve assembly Ventilator won t trigger at sensitivity setting of 1 Lom Patient effort inadequate Some very small patients and patients with very weak inspiratory efforts may not be able to generate a 1 Lom effort Failed auto zero Leak Compensation is not on Failed calibration Perform an auto zero under XDCR ZERO See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Verify that the Leak Compensation extended features option is set to On default setting is off See the LTV Series Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information Recalibrate the vent See Chapter 6 Maintenance amp Calibration for instructions If the problem reoccurs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Page 7 18 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Ventilator is auto Circuit leak cycling Sensitivity does not appear to be accurate High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Pressure Control or Pressure Support set below PEEP
272. rbine Manifold and Oxygen Blender manifold and oxygen blender into place Be sure not to catch any Flow Valve tubing or wiring under the Removed 1 Slide the new turbine manifold while it is being installed Soft Side Removed 2 Replace the 4 screws into the turbine manifold Screws should be torqued to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm e f not previously installed Softside replace with 1 7 8 Black Removed colored pan head screws 4 P N 10918B Page 8 108 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 3 Check the rubber grommets and grounding clips on the oxygen blender mounting for wear and replace if necessary 4 Replace the 4 blender mounting screws and metal washers Use a straight edged screwdriver or pick to prevent each of the clips from turning as of the screws are tightened Position the clips so the folded edge is oriented up and parallel with the back of the ventilator If the upper clips are not aligned with the edge of the side panel the back panel of the ventilator will not seat correctly Grounding Clip reposition if dislodged Grommet 02 Cap Plus Leash i NR Left Side View Top View 5 Screws should be torqued to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 109 6 Blender only Lay the wire tubing bundle from the blender along the side of the turbine manifold on top of the power board be
273. remented correctly G Note the current usage meter Usage Meter has incremented correctly H Reset the time to current time 8 This measurement can best be obtained using the relative delta measurement of a DMM Page 9 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H General Checkout Worksheet SERIAL NUMBER CONDUCTED BY MEMORY BOARD SOFTWARE VER DATE TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCRIPTION VALUE REQUIREMENT FAIL Ventilator Checkout VENT CHECK Alarm 2 A Audible alarm tone must activate Confirming audible Chirp must activate after alarm is silenced Display 2 B All displays must light except VENT INOP Control 2 C Correct messages displayed in window Leak 2 D Record value displayed X X PASS FAIL Vent Inop alarm 2 E Audible alarm must sound continuously for 15 seconds and Vent Inop LED must illuminate continuously for 15 seconds Confirming audible Chirp must activate after alarm is silenced Power On Self Test External Power Audible alarm 3 A Verify audible alarm sounds for 1 sec 3 B Confirming audible Chirp occurs after alarm Display Illumination 3 C All LEDS except Vent Inop illuminate for 3 seconds Test Messages 3 D Each message displayed for less than 3 sec Begin Normal Operation 3 E Within 20 seconds of power ON Power On Self Test Battery Power Audible alarm 4 A Verify audible alarm sounds for 1 sec 4 B Confirming audible
274. replacement screws to use when removing or exchanging external accessories on an LTV Series ventilator Patient Circuits Pulmonetic Systems Patient Circuits Exhalation Valve Assemblies and Water Traps are shipped clean not sterile Ultra Violet Light Sensitivity The material used in the tubing of the Reusable Patient Circuits is not UV stable Avoid exposure of tubing to UV light PEEP Valve Rotation Attempting to adjust the PEEP valve counterclockwise past zero 0 may damage the PEEP valve assembly and cause circuit leaks To avoid damaging the PEEP valve always depress the yellow lock button on top of the valve when making adjustments p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 1 3 Cautions CAUTION Electrical Grounding In the event of a loss of electrical protective ground touching the ventilator could result in electrical shock To ensure grounding and avoid this danger use only the unmodified power cord originally supplied with the LTV Series ventilators maintained in good condition and connected to a properly wired and grounded electrical power outlet Fuse Fire Hazard Replacement of existing fuses with fuses with different voltage or electrical current ratings may cause a fire Storage Temperature Storing the LTV Series ventilator at temperatures above 60 C 140 F for long periods can damage the internal battery and cause expected battery duration to degrade Pa
275. ries Ventilator Service Manual Page E 7 Parts Replacement The following Replacement Parts table provides the name and part number of all parts potentially used in the servicing of the LTV Series ventilator Replacement Part Name A fer e Adhesive Loctite 4591 10773 e Adhesive RTV Silicon 10122 e Battery Assembly 11636 e Battery Cover 10102 e Boot Protective Lower 11420 e Boot Protective Upper 11421 e Bracket Electrical Connector Interface 11514 e Bracket Sounder 10119 e Bumper Alarm 10573 e Cable Pigtail Assembly 11498 e Cable Thermistor 11399 e Clip Grounding 10752 e Connector Pisco 10543 e Fan Assembly 10675 e Filter Inlet Reticulated Foam 10258 e Filter Interior Inlet 10629 e Filter Oxygen Blender 14313 e Flow Valve Assembly 10019 e Gasket Conductive Silicon 10882 e Gasket Sealing 10175 e Grommet Battery Cover 10541 e Grommet Damping 10266 e Handle Attachment 10118 e Kit Dovetail Replacement 11493 e Kit Internal Battery Replacement 11636 e Kit LTV Tubing Enhancement 11684 e Kit Power PCBA Replacement 14157 e Kit Power PCBA w DC Cord Replacement 11590 e Kit Power PCBA w Memory Board Replacement 14425 e Kit Rotary Switch Replacement 14271 e Kit Screws Replacement 11149 Knob Rotary Switch 10111 Page E 8 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Replacement Part Name Part
276. rm Test and allow audible alarm to sound for at least 15 seconds before pushing Silence Reset See Chapter 2 Vent Inop Alarm Test 37 TV 1000 Only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 39 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Defective power board Replace the power board See Chapter 8 Power Board Assembly WDOG Test Early version of software In earlier LTV Series Ventilator software versions the ventilator goes Inop instead of performing a reset Clear the alarm by pressing Silence Reset and resume operation by pressing On Standby The vent will perform POST and resume operation in vent maintenance mode Upgrade to 3 13 software Vent does not reset when watchdog test is performed Defective main board Replace the main board See Chapter 8 Main Board Assembly for instructions Page 7 40 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Test Lung Operation Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Delivered pressure higher than set pressure on test lung Pressure gt 40 cmH O used on small test lung Pulmonetic Systems or Siemens 190 The compliance characteristics of some small test lungs Pulmonetic Systems or Siemens 190 cause incorrect readings when high pressures are used For these lungs use pressures under 40 cmH20 or change to a larger lung Monitored volumes very high on test lung Test lung with
277. rming 4 Use the set value knob to rotate between options 5 To select an option press the Select button while the desired option is displayed in the window 6 To exit the menu without making any changes to the O2 blender selection press the Control Lock button The ventilator will exit to the previous menu Page 6 42 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Configuration Menu Exit To exit the configuration menu 1 Press Select while CONFIG EXIT is displayed 2 CONFIG is displayed To access other Vent Maintenance menu options turn the Set Value knob to the desired item and press Select p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 43 CLEAR The CLEAR menu is used to clear sections of the non volatile EEPROM memory The menu is set up as follows CLEAR CLR EVENTS CLR CONTROLS CLR CAL CLR BAD REC software 5 01 or greater only CLR ALL CLR EXIT Use the set value knob to rotate between CLEAR options To clear data from a section of the EEPROM press the Select button while the appropriate name is displayed in the window Pressing Control Lock exits the menu without clearing any data CAUTION Using the CLEAR Function The CLEAR function should be used with great care as once a section of the memory is cleared all data in that section of memory is lost and it cannot be automatically restored The selections clear the following data from the EEPROM memory O
278. rol doesn t Control not active in operate selected mode Set Value knob doesn t operate If a control is dimmed it is not active in the currently selected mode and changing its setting does not affect ventilation See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of Bright Dim and Blank Control Displays Controls are locked Control is not selected Controls are limited If the controls are locked a LOCKED message will be displayed when a control is selected To unlock in EASY mode press and release the Control Lock button To unlock in HARD mode press and hold the Control Lock button for 3 seconds See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of the CTRL UNLOCK feature and Control Lock button Before a control value can be changed the control must be selected To select a control press the associated button When a control is selected it is displayed at normal intensity and all other controls are dimmed See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of how to use the controls A control s value may be limited by the current settings of other controls To change the value of the current control change the value of the flashing controls See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for an explanation of Control Limiting Wrong model selected If an incorrect model is sele
279. rrors that have occurred during the test Upon completion of the test the status monitor window will automatically display the results of the test with one of the following messages PASS X where X is a number of 8 or less or FAIL X where X is a number greater than 8 Ventilator Settings and Procedure Performance Requirement Steps 1 through 3 above PASS X 4 If ventilator fails this test replace the flow valve assembly and re test p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 33 Watchdog Test The watchdog timer is used to verify that essential parts of the software are running at the correct times If the software does not update the watchdog timer correctly the watchdog timer causes the ventilator to inop This item tests that the watchdog timer is operating correctly To run the watchdog test 1 Press Select while WDOG TEST is displayed in the VENT MTNCE menu 2 The ventilator will perform a reset and the normal POST tests then resume operating in VENT MTNCE mode as follows e At the end of POST the audible alarm will sound and a RESET alarm message will be displayed e Press the Silence Reset button twice to clear the alarm and the ventilator will resume operation If the Watchdog Test fails Problem Possible Cause What To Do Vent does not reset when Early version of software In the initial LTV Series ventilator watchdog test is performed software versions
280. rs after careful recalibration a transducer may be drifting excessively Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Calibrate the flow valve See Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibration for instructions Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 Perform the Advanced Vte Diagnostic Procedures see page 7 22 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 9 Symptoms Possible Causes What to Do Delivered pressure is low PEEP is low ventilator is auto cycling Delivered pressure is low Monitored pressure is low Page 7 10 Circuit leak High or low side sense line or elbow at patient wye loose or leaking High or low sense lines are occluded High or low sense ports in the wye are occluded Run a Leak Test and reseat or replace the leaking parts or connections See Chapter 2 Leak Test for instructions Check high and low pressure sense lines to be sure they are correctly attached and securely seated at both the ventilator and wye ends Check the Luer fitting connections for leaks Check the elbow connectors at the wye to be sure they have not loosened or been broken loose Verify lines are not occluded or pinched Check the exhalation drive line at both the ventilator and exhalation valve ends Verify the line is securely seated and not leaking Exhalation drive line leaking or loose Exhalation valve leaking duri
281. rt of the Maintenance Calibration Kit P N 11566 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 11 2 Connect the female Luer fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly to the Low Pressure Male Luer Fitting Pinch off the tubing on the Syringe Calibration assembly to the male Luer fitting and increase and maintain the pressure at 30 0 0 2 cmH 0 Front Ventilator High Pressure High Pressure Sense Line Female Luer Fitting Male Luer Fitting Ventilator Low Pressure Low Pressure Sense Line Male Luer Fitting i Female Luer Fitting Ventilator Exhal Drive Line gt s Barb Fitting Exhal Drive Line Back Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet on page 6 24 FD 0 wH20 is displayed 3 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient room air Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Work Sheet FD 30 yH 0 is displayed 4 Connect the male Luer fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly to the High Pressure Female Luer Fitting Pinch off the tubing between the Calibration Syringe assembly and the female Luer fitting and increase and maintain the press
282. ry Pressure Positive End Expiratory Pressure monitored PEEP The circuit pressure measured at the end of the exhalation phase PEEP is set using the mechanical PEEP valve on the exhalation valve POST Power On Self Tests A set of self tests the ventilator performs when turned on to verify the operational integrity of the Processor Displays Audible Alarm Confirming Audible Chirp SRAM Program Memory and EEPROM some tests require operator visual and or audible verification Pressure Control Breath p n 10665 Rev H A machine or assist breath where the circuit pressure is elevated to a user set pressure for a user set period of time Pressure Control Breaths have an optional flow termination criteria LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page B 3 TERM Pressure Support Breath DEFINITION A patient breath where the circuit pressure is elevated to a user set pressure and maintained there until flow decreases to a user set percentage of the peak flow achieved Pressure Support Breaths may also be terminated by a user set maximum time or by exceeding 2 breath periods 129 Pressure Trigger A patient effort in which the proximal airway pressure dropped to or below the set Sensitivity setting A pressure trigger will result in delivery of an Assist or Patient breath according to the ventilation mode PSIG Pounds per Square Inch Gauge A unit for measuring pressure 1 PSIG 0 7 bar rpm Rev
283. s or abrasive cleaners Page 1 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H CAUTION Ventilator Immersion Do not immerse the ventilator in liquids High pressure air nozzle Only a low pressure air nozzle with flow less than 10 liters per minute should be used around the ventilator High pressure can damage the ventilator in particular the differential pressure ports Exhalation Valve Do not pour or spray liquids into the exhalation valve Patient Wye Installation Always install the patient wye in the patient circuit so the proximal sense lines are oriented up while operating Front Panel Do not pour or spray liquids onto the Front Panel Care of Bacterial Filters If bacterial filters are used in conjunction with the LTV Series ventilator comply with all recommended care procedures as specified by the filter manufacturer Wet or Damp Filters Do not install any wet or damp filters into the LTV Series ventilators This could damage the ventilator Proximal Sense Lines Do not remove the proximal sense lines from the patient wye Software Caution Never install a version of software lower than the version originally installed in the ventilator Erroneous operation may result from the installation of an incompatible software version Generally LTV ventilator software is designed to be backwards compatible with this exception p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Pag
284. s SELECT and press CONTROL LOCK 2 times Observe the PATIENT LED onthe upper 4 C The PATIENT EFFORT LED should right hand side of the ventilator control momentarily flash and an inspiration panel while creating a 4 Lpm leak past the should immediately begin patient wye momentarily during the exhalation portion of the respiratory cycle LEAK COMPENSATION ON 4 D Press the SENSITIVITY button and rotate Status monitor displays sensitivity SET VALUE knob deactivated Hold SELECT button Status monitor displays ALARM OP Rotate SET VALUE knob Status monitor displays VENT OP Press SELECT and rotate SET VALUE Status monitor displays LEAK COMP Press SELECT and rotate SET VALUE Status monitor displays COMP ON Press SELECT and press CONTROL LOCK 2 times Create a 4 Lpm leak past the patient wye 4 E The PATIENT EFFORT LED should not and wait for at least 2 full breath cycles flash during and following the sensitivity Set the sensitivity to 2 Lpm being set to 2 Lpr While monitoring the PATIENT EFFORT 4 F The PATIENT LED should momentarily LED disconnect the test lung momentarily during the exhalation portion of the breath cycle flash and an inspiration should immediately begin 106 Not applicable on the LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 25 TEST STEP MEAS PASS DESCR
285. s flow for ventilation diverts to the Flow Valve while excess flow is recirculated through the Bypass Valve to the inlet Accumulator Silencer The Bypass Valve maintains Flow Valve inlet pressure high enough above Flow Valve outlet pressure to ensure a positive differential pressure across the valve yet low enough to ensure that excess energy is not wasted when operating from batteries Ventilation flow enters the Flow Valve which controls all inspiratory gas flow to the patient The valve is driven by a rotary actuator and translates circular motion to a poppet position which in turn meters flow to the patient The valve is characterized such that gas flow is a known function of differential pressure across the valve and actuator position A Differential Pressure transducer is provided to measure the differential flow valve pressure Ventilation gas exiting the Flow Valve is connected to the Wye and Exhalation Valve by a patient circuit The Flow Sensor at the Wye measures the exhaled flow using a fixed orifice type transducer Transducer sensor ports are located between the patient and ventilator connection ports The Exhalation Valve provides the following functions 1 Closes the exhalation port during inspiration to divert gas to the patient 2 Opens the exhalation port during exhalation to allow patient gases to be exhausted to the atmosphere 3 Provides variable PEEP Positive End Expiratory Pressure during the exhalation phase
286. s installed in the ventilator This menu exists for LTV ventilator models 900 950 and 1000 exclusively The Analog Board configuration menu is set up as follows ANALOG BOARD 10136 Rev F Rev F or higher is appropriate for LTV 900 950 and 1000 10136 Rev E Rev E or lower is appropriate for LTV 900 950 and 1000 and is not LTM Graphics Monitor Compatible 10643 Rev D Rev D or higher is only available for LTV 900 and 950 10643 Rev C Rev C or lower is only available for LTV 900 and 950 and is not LTM Graphics Monitor Compatible ANALOG EXIT Note The correct revision of the Analog PCBA MUST be installed See Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement Analog Board Assembly on page 8 48 1 Use the set value knob to rotate between options 2 To select an option press the Select button while the desired option is displayed in the window 3 To exit the menu without making any changes to the analog PCBA selection press the Control Lock The ventilator will exit to the previous menu CAUTION Incorrect setting Selecting an incorrect analog board setting can cause steps to be skipped when calibrating the flow differential pressure transducer and may prevent the ventilator from being compatible with the LTM Graphics Monitor Page 6 40 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 5 The analog board setting can be validated by displaying the model number under
287. s on the LTV Series ventilator e Air supply 0 50 cmH20 e Allen wrench 7 64 e Amp meter 10 amp to 60 Hz e Compressed O2 source 0 80 PSI regulator e Compressed gas source 0 50 cmH20 regulator e Dental pick e Drill Bit 3 16 e Drill Motor electrical e Multi Meter Digital e Nut drivers 3 16 1 4 1 2 amp 18mm adapters for torque wrench e O2 Analyzer calibrated e O2 Supply 0 50 PSIG e O2 Inlet connector Unique Tools Pliers needle nose Pop Rivet tool Pressure gauge FSD gt 80 PSI Pressure manometer 0 100 cmH20 Screwdriver Phillips with torque meter Screwdriver Straight tip Spirometer calibrated Test Lung 2 Liter or other large compliance reservoir Test Lungs 2 x 1 liter or greater Tie wrap tool Variable DC voltage source 10 Amp Wrist strap grounded anti static Y connector for test lungs The following unique tools are required to perform various procedures on the LTV Series ventilator and are available from Pulmonetic Systems separately or as part of the Maintenance and Calibration Kit P N 11566 e Tube Adapter 22mm e Calibration Syringe Assembly e Driver Torque Dial Indicator e External Battery Test Cable Assembly e Flow Valve Insertion Tool e Internal Battery Test Cable Assembly e Lubricant Silicone Compound e Patient Assist Cable Normally Closed e Patient Assist Cable Normally Open e Pinch Clamp e Power PCB Removal Tool e Serv
288. sconnect exited DISC SENSE EEPROM 40 EEPROM degraded HW FAULT EXT LOWO 18 External power low exited POWER LOW EXT LOW1 17 External power low occurred POWER LOW EXT LSTO 16 External power lost exited POWER LOST EXT LST1 15 External power lost occurred POWER LOST FAN FLTO 28 Fan fault exited HW FAULT FAN FLT1 27 Fan fault occurred HW FAULT FLUSH ER ee HI PRESO 43 High pressure exited HIGH PRES HI PRES1 42 High pressure occurred HIGH PRES HIGH DIS 08 High side disconnect DISC SENSE HOME ERO 39 Stepper motor home failure exited HW FAULT HOME ER1 38 Stepper motor home failure occurred HW FAULT HOUR MTR 03 Set hour meter None INTRRPT1 31 Spurious interrupt occurred ms RESET INTRRPT2 32 Spurious interrupt occurred Is RESET LN VENT Baa LO PRESO 50 Low peak pressure exited LOW PRES LO PRES1 49 Low peak pressure occurred LOW PRES LOW DIS 09 Low side disconnect DISC SENSE LOW VE 0 48 Low minute volume exited LOW MIN VOL LOW VE 1 47 Low minute volume occurred LOW MIN VOL NO CAL 26 No calibration data found NO CAL DATA Page D 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Event Name Code Event Associated Alarm O2 HI 0 24 Oz pressure high exited HIGH O2 PRES O2 HI 1 23 Oz pressure high occurred HIGH O2 PRES O2 LOW 0 22 Oz pressure low exited LOW O2 PRES O2 LOW 1 21 Oz pressure low occurred LOW O2 PRES POST 57 POST failure RESET
289. screws in the boot to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers Counter 5 sor 7 Sink amp a F Orientation Arrow Example KEEN Washer to Flat head p Screw Orientation i P N a Flat head Screw y e 4 places 8 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information Page 8 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Boots New Installation Parts Required for Installation Tools required e Protective Boot Upper 1 P N 11421 e Phillips screwdriver with e Protective Boot Lower 1 P N 11420 torque meter e Replacement Screws Kit P N 11149 Replace if damaged e Finish Washers 6 P N 10191 To install the Upper Protective Boot 1 Carefully support the disconnected ventilator in an upright position on a clean dry surface 2 Using a Phillips head screwdriver remove the two upper back panel pan head and two side panel flat head mounting screws indicated in the illustration on the next page e Do not remove the mating finish washers 3 Orient the upper boot over the ventilator as shown in the illustration on the next page Move the boot down into position on the top of the ventilator and align its four screw holes with the corresponding holes in the ventilator back and side panels 4 Insert and thread two 1 2
290. sion LTV ventilator screw location Screw Type Scale Pan head Flat head Bii A Pz lg 114 3 8 ID i Example Finish Washer to Flat head 5 16 1 2 o0000000 Screw Orientation J N F 3 8 gt screws shown actual size p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page E 5 Input O2 Flow Chart Use the Input O2 Flow Chart to determine the correct Oz flow for a desired Inspired Oxygen FIO2 Concentration 132 Input O2 Flow Ipm To determine the required O input flow 1 2 Find the desired FIO bottom of chart Calculate the patient s minute ventilation rate by using the following formula Tidal volume x breath rate Follow the FIO up to the applicable slanted VE minute volume line right side of chart Read across horizontally to the left side of chart to the required Input O Flow Lpm Input O2 Flow Ipm Example To determine the required O2 input flow 132 This chart only applies to LTV models 800 900 950 Page E 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To determine the delivered O concentration 1 Find the Input O Flow left side of chart 2 Follow the Input O Flow across horizontally to the right to the applicable slanted VE minute volume line 3 Read down to the FIO bottom of chart Input VE O2 Flow Ipm Example To determine the delivered O2 concentration p n 10665 Rev H LTV Se
291. sist Control Mode Assist Breath The maximum period of time allowed between breath starts If the time between breath starts exceeds this interval an Apnea alarm occurs A mode of ventilation where the patient receives a minimum number of machine and assist breaths The available breath types are Volume Control and Pressure Control A volume or pressure breath that is initiated by the patient and controlled and cycled by the ventilator Assist breaths may occur in Assist Control and SIMV modes Auto zero The process of determining the transducer zero offset for ambient pressure Bias Flow A continuous flow of gas through the airway circuit during the exhalation phase of the breath bpm Breaths Per Minute Breath Period The length of time between machine initiated breaths The Breath Period is determined by the Breath Rate setting For example a Breath Rate of 6 would give a Breath Period of 10 seconds 60 seconds 6 bpm Breath Rate monitored f The number of breaths given in a minute including machine assist and patient breaths Breath Rate set The minimum number of machine breaths given in a minute BTPD Body Temperature Pressure Dry Circuit See Airway Circuit Circuit Pressure See Airway Pressure cmH O p n 10665 Rev H Centimeters of water pressure A unit of measure for pressure LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page B 1 TERM Control M
292. sistance Total impedance between the ground contact at the inlet power connector and any accessible metal part shall not exceed 0 1 ohm per IEC 601 1 Dielectric Strength The ventilator shall be able to survive 1500 volts applied from either phase of the AC power inlet to Earth ground for a period of one minute per IEC 601 1 127 Not applicable on LTV 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page A 7 Power cont Internal Battery Feature Full Power Medium Power Low Power Charge Time Charge Status Hysterisis Minimum Battery Duration DOT Requirements Range Tolerance Indicators Green LED Amber LED Red LED Battery shall be capable of being gt 90 When external power is charged within 8 hours from fully present and the vent is running discharged state to state indicated by at the nominal load green charge status LED Pre Charge Qualification Flashing Amber LED Battery Charging Amber LED Battery gt 90 Charged Green LED Battery Fault Red LED Ventilator shall not resume battery 2 operation unless the battery voltage level is 11 8 V 60 min Nominal Load Mode A C PEEP 5 Breath Rate bpm 15 02 21 Tidal Volume ml 800 Lung Compliance ml cmH20 50 Insp Time sec 1 5 ET Resistance cmH2O L S 5 87 Sensitivity Lpm 2 LTV 1000 950 amp 900 Sensitivity cmH20 2 LTV 800 Battery Temp 25 C Unregulated meets the requirements of 49 CFR 173 159 d
293. small aperture connected directly to wye Very small ET tube connected directly to wye Some test lungs have a narrow opening or a restrictor which may cause jetting and cause the flow differential to be read incorrectly To reduce the jetting effect add a short extension between the test lung and the wye if clinically advisable A very small ET tube connected directly to the wye may cause jetting and cause the flow differential to be read incorrectly To reduce the jetting effect add a short larger bore extension between the ET tube and the wye if clinically advisable p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 41 Chapter 8 COMPONENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT This section contains detailed procedures for the removal and replacement of all major components of the LTV Series ventilator ZN WARNING Ventilator Service and Repair Only service technicians who have been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems Inc are authorized to perform repairs or maintenance on the LTV series ventilators Do not attempt to repair or replace any part of the ventilator unless you are trained and certified to do so by Pulmonetic Systems Inc Personal injury could result CAUTION Electronic and Mechanical Parts The LTV Series ventilator contains delicate electronic and mechanical parts that must be handled properly to avoid damage Follow the instructions carefully and make sure to observe all in
294. solenoid manifold jumper cable are securely attached and not pinched interfering or in a position to be pinched against the back panel 18 Inspect the Conductive Silicon Gasket located on the outside surface of the top of the back panel where the three 14 screws secure the back panel to the ventilator If the gasket is damaged replace it with a new one If no gasket is installed then it is not necessary to install one in the ventilator 19 If the internal battery cable is disconnected reconnect the battery cable to the power board To do so place the back panel on its side with the battery cable facing down and the battery compartment indexed towards the open area in the top of the ventilator 20 While supporting the back panel connect the male 2 wire lead connector from the battery assembly to the 2 wire female connector on the power board Be sure to correctly orient the keyed latch on the connector e When correctly connected the connector will snap into place p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 37 21 Position the back panel over the ventilator Slide the bottom edge of the back panel beneath the connecting upper Weldment edge at the bottom of the case Be sure that the louvers in the bottom edge of the back panel are hooked under the bypass tube from the turbine to the flow valve Dovetail Mounting Back Bracket Panel Louvers Conductive Silicon Grounding Clip Gasket 3 places Battery
295. ssed through Vent Check menu Set Defaults Default Exit O2 Cylinder Duration Cyl Type Size xxxx L Exit Cyl Pres xxxx PSI Calculate O2 Dur gt xx xx Exit Exit This Extended Features map represents the LTV 1000 with all available options Your ventilator may have less Extended Features depending on the model and options you have purchased p n 10665 Rev H Extended Features Map continued Alarm Operations Ventilator Operations Transducer Autozero Real time Transducer Data Event Trace Ventilator Checkout Tests Ventilator Maintenance p n 10665 Rev H Extended Features Transducer Autozero AP xxxx P Airway Pressure Transducer Autozero FDb xxxx P Bi directional Flow Transducer Differential Autozero FDw xxxx P Exhalation Flow Transducer Differential Autozero Wide FDn xxxx P Exhalation Flow Transducer Differential Autozero Narrow Xder Exit Real Time Transducer Data AP xx xx mH20 Airway Pressure FDb xx xx mH20 Flow Differential Pressure Bi directional FDw xx xx mH20 Flow Differential Pressure Wide FDn xx xx mH20 Flow Differential Pressure Narrow FTb xx xx Lpm Flow Bi directional or FTw xx xx Lpm Flow Wide or FTn xx xx Lpm Flow Narrow LEAK xx xx Lpm Leak Flow FVd xx xx mH20 Differential Pressure FV xx xx Lpm Flow Valve Flow STEP xxxx Flow Valve Motor Step Position FVt xxx x Flow Valve
296. ssing and holding the On Standby button Press the Silence Reset button twice to clear the alarm p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 21 11 Perform an LTM Compatibility Tes 102 t1 A Set the COM setting in Extended Features to MONITOR B Connect the LTM serial Display of small LTV icon appears on communication cable to the UTT the LTM If the LTV icon is not COMM PORT on the left side of observed or shown only intermittently the UUT then this condition constitutes a FAIL Connect patient circuit and test Torne S ampat NY took 1 lung or test lungs LTV software 3 13 and LTM with Observe th iconane rad software 1 17 or earlier A flashing red lamation mark for at least 30 exclamation mark is not displayed to oe the right seconds LTV software 3 15 or later and LTM with software 1 17 or earlier A red exclamation mark is displayed to the right of the LTV icon The exclamation mark may be flashing C Press the wave button on the Waveforms are displayed in all three LTM waveform charts The Vte value displayed to the left of SPECI ne WAVE SEEEN the lower waveform chart on the LTM must be equal to the value shown in the LTV status monitor window D Set the Low Minute Volume Low minute volume alarm will occur alarm to 99 Lpm LTM status bar is flashing red with the text Low Minute Volume displayed E Reset the Low Minute Volume Verify the red Low Minute Volume alarm by r
297. st If the test still fails the oxygen transducer or associated electronics may be faulty and the analog PCBA should be replaced See Chapter 8 Analog Board Assembly for instructions SON Flow Valve Checkout 1 In VENT MTNCE SERVO mode check the output flow using the settings in the following table LTV 1000 only Flow and speed Acceptable output Recalibrate flow valve if Replace flow valve if settings flow range flow output variance is Flow Output Variance is 10 Lpm 4000 RPM 9 5 to 10 5 Lpm gt 7 0 but lt 9 5 Lom lt 7 0 or gt 13 0 or gt 10 5 but lt 13 0 Lom 10 Lpm 5000 RPM 9 5 to 10 5 Lpm gt 7 0 but lt 9 5 Lpm lt 7 0 or gt 13 0 or gt 10 5 but lt 13 0 Lom 50 Lpm 4000 RPM 42 5 to 57 5 Lpm gt 35 0 but lt 42 5 Lpm lt 35 0 or gt 65 0 or gt 57 5 but lt 65 0 Lpm 90 Lpm 7000 RPM 76 5 to 103 5 Lpm gt 63 0 but lt 76 5 Lom lt 63 0 or gt 117 0 or gt 103 5 but lt 117 0 Lom Page 7 26 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 2 If the flow output is out of the acceptable output flow range perform the following in the order shown e Check all flow valve flexible tubing for leaks or occlusions and replace any damaged components e Recalibrate the flow valve transducer see Chapter 6 Valve Differential Calibration e If flow valve recalibration is indicated recalibrate the flow valve by adjusting the VHOME setting see Chapter 6 Flow Valve Calibr
298. structions Anti static Precautions Always wear a grounded anti static wrist strap when handling the ventilator with the case open Electrostatic discharge can damage the internal electronics Note When servicing the ventilator always refer to the Back Panel Reinstallation instructions for a list of components that must be replaced or updated to bring the ventilator into compliance with current requirements Training and Authorization This manual is only intended for use by service personnel who have been trained and authorized by Pulmonetic Systems Inc Do not perform any of the procedures in this manual unless you are trained and authorized for service on the LTV Series ventilator Service Record Any time service is performed on the LTV Series ventilator a Service Record form should be filled out and returned to Pulmonetic Systems This allows for complete tracking of replacement part lots and enables Pulmonetic Systems to maintain comprehensive service history records Complete a Service Record form for all types of service including part replacement and calibration A blank Service Record form can be found in Appendix C Service Record p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 1 Tools A list of the tools required to remove and replace various components contained within the LTV ventilators is located at the beginning of the removal replacement instructions for each of the particular compon
299. sure occurred HIGH PRES 43 HI PRESO High pressure exited HIGH PRES 44 TBN ISTP Turbine immediate stop occurred HIGH PRES 45 TBN ZERO Turbine set to zero flow occurred HIGH PRES 46 TBN ESTP Turbine emergency stop occurred HIGH PRES 47 LOW VE 1 Low minute volume occurred LOW MIN VOL 48 LOW VE 0 Low minute volume exited LOW MIN VOL 49 LO PRES1 Low peak pressure occurred LOW PRES 50 LO PRESO Low peak pressure exited LOW PRES 51 CLR EVNT Event log cleared N A 52 CLR CTRL Control settings cleared N A 53 SET DATE Date set N A 54 SET TIME Time set N A 55 N A Not used 56 STACK Stack overflow detected RESET 57 POST POST failure RESET 58 RUNAWAY Code runaway detected RESET 59 WDOG TST Watchdog test run Inop 60 CLR CAL Calibration records cleared N A 61 XDCR NAR ee ee transducer Narrow XDC FLT1 62 XDCR WID peal ar transducer Wide XDC FLT1 eee ee 64 XDCR AIR Airway pressure transducer fault XDC FLT1 65 ADC1 VAL AD mismatch primary channel fault value HW FAULT 66 TBN HSTP Turbine Hold Stop occurred HIGH PRES 67 LN VENTI ee for other than pressing On Standby RESET e FLUSHES resco HW FAULT Problem with primary and or HW FAULT 63 PRC ERE er ee an ee i oe lee 71 SNDRERR1 Alarm sounder error HW FAULT 72 SNDRERRO Recovery from alarm sounder error HW FAULT 73 N A Reserved for future use 74 N A Reserved for future use 75 N A Reserved for future use 76 N A Reserved for future use 77 N A Reserved for future use 78 N A Res
300. t area Attempting to remove the ribbon cable without opening the ZIF connector will damage the ribbon cable and may require replacing the front membrane panel Slide the ZIF connector on the keypad ribbon cable open and carefully remove the ribbon cable from the connector inserting or removing pigtail 9 l l CAUTION i Be careful not to scratch l I contact surface on pigtail p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 71 10 Hold the ribbon cable out of the way and remove the main board Use caution do not scratch the ribbon cable with the edge of the board even minor scratches on the ribbon cable connections can cause the keypad connections to fail 11 Remove the Memory Board from the main board see instructions on page 8 74 12 Hold the ribbon cable out of the way and install the new main board Use caution do not scratch the ribbon cable with the edge of the board When the main board is correctly aligned the LEDs and displays will pop into place in the cutouts in the upper weldment 13 Replace the 3 main board mounting screws Screws should be torque tightened to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 14 Open the ZIF connector on the main board as shown in the illustration above Attempting to insert the ribbon cable into a closed ZIF connector will damage the ribbon cable and you may have to replace the front membrane panel Carefully slide the keypad ribbon cable into the open ZIF connector
301. te When beginning calibration on any transducer e g AIRWAY FLOW DIFF etc continue uninterrupted to the completion of that transducer If several minutes expire during the calibration of a transducer the calibration of that transducer should be repeated as the transducers may drift over time For best calibration results allow the ventilator to warm up by running it for at least 20 minutes prior to beginning the calibration procedures lf CAL FAIL appears at any time during a calibration process press Select to exit the calibration then reenter the calibration and perform the complete process again Calibrations may fail because the calibration pressure was unstable or outside the expected range Page 6 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Airway Pressure Calibration To perform the airway pressure calibration you will need the following equipment Calibration Syringe assembly P N 11471 with a T connection to a pressure manometer 0 90 cmH20 Calibration Syringe Assembly Syringe Pinch a Clamp Manometer re ae Male Luer Fitting ul H Female Luer Fitting remove for LTV 800 ia remove for LTV 800 High Pressure Low Pressure Patient Pressure Exhalation Drive Line Female Luer Fitting Male Luer Fitting Barbed Fitting Barbed Fitting LTV 800 Ventilators LTV Series Ventilators Leak Test the Hi amp Low Flow Transducer Ports 1 For the LTV 900 950
302. ted as an equivalent compound p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 79 O2 blender model differences When removing and re installing the O2 blender it is important to understand the differences between the older model blender P N 10051 and its functionality with different software versions and the current model blender P N 15079 001 The illustration below highlights the differences in pressure range between the blenders when combined with differing levels of software 02 Inlet Labels O2 INLET text is black and label indicates 40 80 PSI O2 Blender P N 15079 001 S W version 05 00 or higher Max Inlet Pressure 80 PSI O2 INLET text is green and label indicates 40 70 PSI O2 Blender P N 15079 001 S W lower than version 05 00 Max Inlet Pressure 70 PSI O2 INLET text is black and label indicates 40 70 PSi O2 Blender P N 10051 S W lower than version 05 00 Max Inlet Pressure 70 PSI Note New model O2 blender P N 15079 must be installed and correct selection of O2 blender Part Number must be made in order to achieve all extended features of ventilators with software version 5 0 and higher Page 8 80 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H To remove the Turbine Manifold and Oxygen blender 4 Remove the back panel and disconnect the battery see instructions on page 8 31 2 Remove the left soft side see instructions on page
303. ter 1 INTRODUCTION This manual describes how to perform routine maintenance troubleshooting and repairs on the LTV Series ventilator It is designed for use by service personnel who have been trained and authorized by Pulmonetic Systems Do not perform any of the procedures in this manual unless you are trained and authorized for service on the LTV Series ventilators This manual contains what you need to know to 1 Perform preventative maintenance 2 Calibrate the ventilator 3 Perform routine troubleshooting 4 Remove and replace major components of the ventilator See the LTV Series or LTV 800 Ventilator Operator s Manual for more information on setting up and operating the ventilator Getting Assistance If a problem occurs while maintaining the LTV Series ventilator or if you require additional information contact a service technician who has been trained and certified by Pulmonetic Systems or Pulmonetic Systems Inc at Pulmonetic Systems Inc 17400 Medina Rd Suite 100 Minneapolis Minnesota 55447 1341 Phone 763 398 8500 Office Fax 763 398 8400 Customer Care Center Phone 800 754 1914 ext 2 Customer Care Center Fax 763 398 8403 Sales Marketing E mail info pulmonetic com Customer Care Center E mail service pulmonetic com Pulmonetic Systems Website http www pulmonetic com p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 1 1 Operator s Safety Information All Oper
304. ter turbine speed for FVd 15 cmH20 N A Measure final 10 Lom flow Enter measured value N A p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 29 Servo The Servo feature allows you to control and verify certain ventilator functions While the servo function is on the ventilator will continuously deliver gas according to the highlighted settings Gas may be delivered by e turbine speed and flow valve step position e turbine speed and flow in Lom The Servo functions may be used to verify ventilator operation or diagnose problems by setting specific conditions on the ventilator and monitoring the system either externally e g with a flow meter or pressure gauge or internally by using the monitored values under the RT XDCR DATA menu For example delivered flow can be verified by setting the flow to a specified Lpm and connecting a flow meter to the patient wye In addition the monitored flow FTx and other data can be checked under the RT XDCR DATA menu The servo menu is set up as follows SERVO SERVO OFF SERVO ON To enable the servo functions press Select while SERVO ON is displayed The following displays are turned on Display Purpose Tidal Volume Sets the flow valve step position Insp Time Sets the flow in Lom O2 Sets the delivered 02 High Pres Limit Low Pres Sets the turbine speed The ventilator will deliver gas according to the highlighted displays dimmed displays do not affect
305. the Charge Status Indicator displays red the internal battery cannot be charged and should be replaced If the Charge Status Indicator does not display green at the end of 24 hours of charging the internal battery should be replaced Storage Maintenance To prevent damage to the LTV Series ventilator internal battery while in storage connect the ventilator to an AC power source for 24 hours every 2 months to recharge While recharging in the standby mode the Charge Status Indicator LED displays as flashing amber solid amber or solid green If the Charge Status Indicator displays red the internal battery cannot be charged and should be replaced If the Charge Status Indicator does not display green at the end of 24 hours of charging the internal battery should be replaced Daily Maintenance Each day of operation do the following e Check the external air filter clean or replace if necessary In dusty or high humidity environments the filter may need to be cleaned often e Check the fan filter clean or replace if necessary In dusty or high humidity environments the filter may need to be cleaned often Monthly Maintenance After each month of operation do the following e Run the Ventilator Checkout Alarm test e Run the Ventilator Checkout Display test e Run the Ventilator Checkout Control test e Run the Ventilator Checkout Leak test e Run the Ventilator Checkout Vent Inop Alarm test e While the ventilator is off
306. the LTV Series ventilator Assy Part to be Torqued in oz Nm Ref Page Analog Board mounting screws 2 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 50 amp 8 98 Back Panel side mounting screws 6 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 38 Back Panel top mounting screws 3 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 38 Battery Cover screws 6 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 68 Fan Assembly mounting screws 2 40 in oz 0 28 Nm 8 53 Flow Valve Assembly mounting screws 2 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 58 LTM LTV Mounting Bracket 5 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 30 LTM LTV Mounting Block 3 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 30 Main Board mounting screws 3 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 72 Main Board mounting Hex standoffs 2 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 72 Manifold to back panel Spacer 4 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 36 Motor Board mounting screws 4 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 77 amp 8 98 Oxygen Blender mounting screws 4 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 84 amp 8 109 Power Board mounting screws except Solenoid 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 94 Manifold screws 4 Protective Boot Upper Leg mounting screws 2 60 in oz 0 42 Nm 8 10 Protective Boot Upper Side mounting screws 2 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 10 Protective Boot Lower Side mounting screws 4 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 12 Rotary Switch Assy Mounting nut 1 40 in oz 0 28 Nm 8 101 Soft Side Panel right or left mounting screws 10 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 99 Solenoid Manifold mounting screw 1 and nut 1 20 in oz 0 14 Nm 8 94 8 95 amp 8 103 Sounder b
307. the advantage of all new features and reliability improvements Pulmonetic Systems requires that the LTV ventilators operating software be at or higher than version 3 13 when performing any maintenance and calibration processes or removing or replacing any components To upgrade the ventilators operating software see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement Memory Board page 8 74 Before replacing the back panel Several checks should be made before reattaching the back panel Follow the guidelines listed under Back Panel Reinstallation on page 8 35 Always refer to the back panel Installation instructions for a list of components that must be replaced or updated to bring the ventilator into compliance with current requirements After performing any maintenance After performing maintenance on the LTV Series ventilator a set of checkout tests should be run Some maintenance procedures also require the LTV Series ventilator be partially or completely recalibrated CAUTION Verification of operation After opening the ventilator and performing any maintenance verify proper operation of the ventilator by performing the checks and calibrations recommended in Chapter 9 Final Checkout Test p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 3 Boots Protective Rubberized protective boots are installed on the top and bottom of all current versions of LTV ventilators to protect against accidental shocks
308. the vent and the fan wires are in the corner closest to the power board Flow direction indicator should be directed towards the inside of the unit FILTERED FAN HOUSING 8 Replace the 2 screws and nuts holding the fan assembly in place Screws should be torqued to 40 in oz 0 28 Nm Care should be taken to be sure the dip switch settings are not changed Dip switches are located directly below the fan assembly 9 Connect the 2 wire connector from the fan to the power board e The connector is keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 10 For Filtered fan Housing If the fan grill bracket has been removed replace it in the left soft side and replace the left soft side Replace the fan filter and fan filter grill 11 Reconnect the internal battery and replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 53 Cleaning the Fan Filter The fan filter should be removed and cleaned at least once a month If the ventilator is being operated in high dust or humidity environments it may need to be cleaned more often If the filter is damaged or can not be thoroughly cleaned it should be replaced To clean the fan filter 1 Using a small screwdriver or long nose pliers detach the fan filter grill from its housing 2 Remove the fan filter by gently pinching the foam filter and pulling it out Note If you touch the fan
309. therwise power down the ventilator and proceed to step 8 Recalibrate the flow valve as follows a Using ESD safe protocol remove the back panel Turn on DIP switch 5 b Lay the ventilator flat facing upwards Reconnect external power and turn the ventilator on in VENT MTNCE mode c Turnthe SERVO on in the VENT MTNCE menu Push the tidal volume button once and change the step position to the starting position e For the stainless steel sphere flow valve use the VHOME position labeled on the flow valve d Connect a calibrated flow meter BTPD Body Temperature Pressure Dry to the flow valve outlet port Page 6 26 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H e Determine the desired flow at 15 cmH20 Record the FVt temperature reading from the RT XDCR DATA menu Use the table below to determine the appropriate delivered flow based on the recorded temperature If the LTV does not have a Thermistor Cable see illustration below then use the value 11 5 Lpm FVt Desired Flow Lpm 0 02 62 01 67 00 11 61 67 01 72 00 11 57 72 01 77 00 11 53 77 01 82 00 11 48 82 01 87 00 11 44 87 01 92 00 11 40 92 01 97 00 11 35 97 01 102 00 11 31 102 01 107 00 11 27 107 01 112 00 11 23 Thermistor Cable on Flow Valve VHome 220 f Monitor the FVd pressure from the RT XDCR DATA menu Adjust the turbine speed until the FVd pressure reaches 15 00 10 cmH20 g A
310. tient Assist Call Connector Do not apply more than 25V rms or 32VDC to the Patient Assist Call connector CLEAR Function Cautions The CLEAR function should be used with great care as once a section of the memory is cleared all data in that section of memory is lost and it cannot be automatically restored Electronic and Mechanical Parts The LTV Series ventilator contains delicate electronic and mechanical parts that must be handled properly to avoid damage Follow the instructions given in this manual carefully and make sure to observe all instructions Opening the ventilator Always turn the ventilator OFF and remove the external power before opening the ventilator case or attempting to service the ventilator Anti static Precautions Always wear a grounded anti static wrist strap when handling the ventilator with the case open Electrostatic discharge can damage the internal electronics Verification of Operation After opening the ventilator and performing any maintenance verify proper operation of the ventilator by performing the checks and calibrations recommended in Chapter 9 Final Checkout Test Ventilator Sterilization To avoid irreparable damage to the LTV Series ventilator do not attempt to sterilize it Cleaning Agents To avoid damaging the ventilator s plastic components and Front Panel do not use cleaning agents containing ammonium chloride other chloride compounds more than 2 glutaraldehyde phenol
311. tify the serial number of the ventilator being serviced and the total usage hours on the unit This will be required for programming the board prior to shipping To replace the Main Board 1 Remove the back panel of the ventilator and disconnect the internal battery cable see instructions on page 8 31 2 Remove the fan assembly see instructions on page 8 52 3 Remove the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 The connectors to the motor board may be left in place 4 Disconnect the flexible tubes from the solenoid manifold Note Prior to disconnecting or removing any of the tubes review the Internal Flexible Tube Routing Configurations table and diagrams see pages 8 39 through 8 44 Identify the diagram for tube routing configuration that exists in the ventilator being serviced Refer to this diagram when reconnecting the tubes to the current configuration 5 Disconnect the 2 wire fan connector 3 wire flow valve connector 4 wire rotary switch connector and 2 wire sounder connectors from the power board 6 Remove the sounder assembly see instructions on page 8 45 7 Remove the power board see instructions on page 8 89 The analog board may be left attached to the power board Take care not to catch the power board on the sounder bracket while removing it Page 8 70 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Handle the ribbon cable carefully to prevent any damage to the silver contac
312. tilator control panel while creating a 4 Lpm leak past the patient wye momentarily during the exhalation portion of the respiratory cycle The PATIENT EFFORT LED should momentarily flash and an inspiration should immediately begin If the PATIENT EFFORT LED does not flash and or an inspiration is not given immediately This condition constitutes a FAILURE of the sensitivity test Pressure Mode and Pressure Control setting only apply to the LTV 1000 and LTV 950 models 93 Not applicable on the LTV 800 Page 9 16 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H D Set Leak Compensation ON Press the SENSITIVITY button and Status monitor displays sensitivity rotate SET VALUE knob deactivated Press and hold the SELECT e Status monitor displays ALARM OP button Rotate the SET VALUE knob e Status monitor window displays VENT OP Press the SELECT button and e Status monitor window displays LEAK rotate the SET VALUE knob COMP Press the SELECT button and e Status monitor window displays COMP rotate the SET VALUE knob ON Press the SELECT button and press the CONTROL LOCK button 2 times E Create a 4 Lpm leak past the e The PATIENT EFFORT LED should not patient wye and wait for at least flash during and following the sensitivity 2 full breath cycles being set to 2 Lpm Set the sensitivity value to2Lpm If the PATIENT EFFORT LED flashes Observe PATIENT LED on t
313. tions A 1 Step Test 6 33 Sterilizing 4 1 Exhalation Valve 4 2 External Inlet Filter 4 7 Fan Filter 4 8 8 54 Storage 5 2 Symbols 1 6 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page F 3 T Temperature Compensation 6 38 Test 24 Hour Burn in 9 32 Alarm 2 4 5 2 9 2 Control 2 7 5 2 9 2 Display 2 5 5 2 9 2 General Checkout 9 2 Leak 2 9 5 2 9 2 LTM Compatibility 9 22 PEEP 9 17 Performance Checkout 9 15 Power Checkout 9 11 Pressure Control 9 16 Real Time Transducer 9 18 Servo 6 30 Solenoid 6 32 Step 6 33 Tidal Volume 9 15 Vent Inop Alarm 2 11 5 2 9 2 Watchdog 6 34 9 21 Thermistor Cable 6 27 6 37 6 38 8 55 8 58 8 60 Thermo Conductive Motor Board Heatsink Pad 8 104 Thermo Conductive Pads 8 104 8 105 Tidal Volume Test 9 15 TIME TERM 7 2 Tools General E 14 Tools Required E 14 Tools Unique E 14 Top Tube 8 59 Torque Values E 16 Troubleshooting 7 1 Troubleshooting Advanced FiO 7 26 Troubleshooting Advanced Vte 7 22 Troubleshooting Alarms 7 31 Troubleshooting Displays and Buttons 7 2 Troubleshooting Test Lung Operation 7 41 Troubleshooting Ventilator Performance 7 6 Tube Routing Configurations 8 39 Turbine Manifold 8 82 8 85 8 106 U Units Conversion E 1 Upper Weldment 8 64 V VALVE DIFF 6 14 Valve Differential Calibration 6 14 VENT CHECK 2 3 9 2 Page F 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual
314. tions on page 8 35 16 Set dip switch 5 to the ON position power up the ventilator and enter the FLOW VALVE menu see instructions on page 6 37 DIP Switches DIP Switch 5 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 59 17 Select the VHome setting that is appropriate for your flow valve and press Select see instructions on page 6 37 If flow valve has Use VHome setting Two Clear flexible tubes 244 One clear flexible tube and 244 One clear flexible tube with a yellow flag One clear flexible tube and 125 One opaque orange flexible tube range 115 135 One clear flexible tube one opaque Setting printed on VHome flexible tube Thermistor Cable and Label on flow valve VHome label in the range of 220 240 range 200 240 18 Enter the TEMP COMP menu e fthe Thermistor Cable is installed set TCOMP to the ON position e Ifthe Thermistor Cable is not installed set TCOMP to the OFF position See instructions on page 6 39 19 Power the ventilator off and set dip switch 5 to the OFF position see instructions on page 6 5 DIP Switches DIP Switch 5 a sences 20 Replace the back panel see instructions on page 8 35 Only available Flow Valve VHome setting 200 240 Page 8 60 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Front Panel Parts required for replacement Tools required For LTV 800 e Philli
315. tom of the back panel from becoming deformed or damaged when drill pressure is applied see example in illustration Support Block Dovetail Mounting 2 X 4 X 6 7a Bracket Internal Battery Cover Work Surface CAUTION Debris contamination To prevent contamination of the interior of the ventilator with metal debris perform the drilling and removal of the pop rivets well away from the open ventilator and thoroughly clean both sides of the back panel prior to reinstallation 3 Using a drill motor and 3 16 drill bit drill out the remaining center shaft of each of the four pop rivets Align the drill bit perpendicular to the surface of the back panel when drilling the rivets to avoid excessive enlargement of the mounting holes 4 Remove and discard the damaged mounting bracket and thoroughly clean both sides of the back panel to remove all rivet or metal debris 5 Oriented as shown place the new dovetail mounting bracket on the outside surface of the back panel For back panels revision G or earlier align the dovetail mounting plate on the inside surface of the back panel and align the mounting holes of all three components For revision H or later do not use the dovetail mounting plate Dovetail Mounting Bracket Mounting Holes Outside Surface Dovetail Mounting Plate Rev G or Earlier Only p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 33 6 To fasten the dovetail
316. tor s back panel as shown in the illustration on the next page ZN WARNING Specific boot screw location Make sure that the correct screw is being used for your particular ventilator before tightening down Using a screw of the wrong length in this location can cause the ventilator to malfunction resulting in possible harm to the patient Contained in Pulmonetic Systems Replacement Screws kit P N 11149 42 See Appendix E Reference Information External Accessories Screw Location Type and Length for additional information p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 8 7 Upper Hole Earlier Version A Flat head NOTE SCREW LOCATION Screw _ PA PRIOR TO REMOVING SCREW 2places A e Lower Hole Current Version anisar 7 Pan head A Screw 2 places SCREW LENGTH IS DEPENDENT ON LTV VERSION SEE INSTRUCTIONS FOR DETAILS 6 Insert and thread two 1 4 flat head mounting screws with finish washers into the screw holes in the ventilators side panels as shown in the illustration e Finish washers should be already in place 7 Torque tighten the mounting screws to these specified values e Torque tighten the screws in the back panel of the ventilator to 60 in oz 0 42 Nm e Torque tighten the two screws in the sides of the ventilator to 20 in oz 0 14 Nm CAUTION Damage to finish washers Do not over tighten screws to avoid damage to the finish washers Page 8 8 LTV
317. tton to Resistance lt 2 3 ohm clear the audible alarm and measure the plug resistance g Disconnect the Patient Assist Cable Normally Closed P N 10779 and connect a Patient Assist Cable Normally Open P N 10780 to the ventilator Patient Assist port 81 This measurement can best be obtained using the relative delta measurement of a DMM p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 9 5 H Turn the ventilator back on in Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms breathing mode clear all alarms and measure the plug resistance I Create a High Pressure alarm by Resistance lt 2 3 ohm changing the High Pressure Limit setting to 5 and measure the plug resistance J Return the High Pressure Limit setting to 100 and clear all alarms K Turn the ventilator off leaving the Resistance 2 3 ohm audible alarm sounding and measure the plug resistance L Press the Silence Reset buttonto Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms clear the audible alarm and measure the plug resistance 7 Check date time and usage by operating the ventilator using the test lung for 1 hour gt Set the date to the current date Note the current date and date format Set the time to 23 15 Q W Note the current usage meter D Run the ventilator connected toa Verify that no alarms occur test lung for 1 hour E Power the vent off and on Check Date has incremented correctly the date F Check the time Time has inc
318. tton while it is displayed in the window 3 Pressing the Control Lock exits to the previous menu without making any modifications to the home position 4 The valve home position selection can be viewed during normal operation in the VENT OP menu WARNING Incorrect settings Selecting an incorrect valve home position will cause the flow valve to operate incorrectly and could result in volumes and flows that are too large or too small for the patient Refer to the following table to determine which setting is correct for the ventilator Flow Valve has Use VHome setting Two clear flexible tubes 244 One clear flexible tube and 244 One clear flexible tube with a yellow flag One clear flexible tube and 125 One opaque orange flexible tube _ 30 No VHome Label ranges Moe 29 One clear flexible tube Setting printed on VHome Label on flow valve One opaque flexible tube i 30 Thermistor Cable and rangem AUO 240 VHome label in the range of 200 240 3 Refer to the Flow Valve Calibration Procedures page 6 25 for more information regarding these settings p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 37 Note If flow valve with VHome setting of 200 240 is installed also install the Thermistor Cable P N 11399 flow valve cable assy between the flow valve and the power PCBA see illustration on page 8 58 Page 6 38 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Te
319. tween the motor board connector standoffs and the side of the manifold Press the O tube from the blender into the barrel connector to the oxygen transducer located on the analog board The tube should seat in approximately 1 2 and should not be easily removable If the tube is not inserted completely it will disconnect when a high pressure oxygen source is connected 7 Connect the 8 wire connector from the oxygen blender to the power board e The connector is keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected 8 Tuck the wrapped wires and oxygen tube down along the side of the turbine manifold against the power board 9 Replace the motor board see instructions on page 8 77 10 Connect the 3 wire and 5 wire connectors from the turbine to the motor board e The connectors are keyed to fit in only one direction and will snap into place when properly connected Inspect the orange seal on the side of the flow valve If it is damaged remove and replace it with a new seal as follows Peel the old seal off the exhalation valve Remove any old adhesive from the flow valve using a mild detergent and dry the valve side Remove the protective backing from the flow valve seal and press it into place 11 lt Replace the flow valve see instructions on page 8 55 13 Connect the bypass tubing from the flow valve to the barbed elbow at the bottom of the turbine manifold The tubing should be loope
320. ubricant P N 10123 Mild cleanser Replace if damaged Cable tie tool e Thermo Conductive Pad P N 10129 RTV Silicone Adhesive e Sealing Gasket P N 10175 Flow Valve Insertion Tool e Damping Grommets 4 P N 10266 Mylar P N 14206 e Grounding Clips 4 P N 10752 If not previously installed e 17 8 Black colored Pan head Screws 4 P N 10918B LTV Tubing Enhancement Kit 1 P N 11684 Power PCB P N 15000 see page 8 89 for instructions O2 Blender Cap 1 P N 15016 The LTV 1000 ventilator has an oxygen blender other models do not offer active blending and contain an oxygen Inlet Block instead These instructions apply to both the Oz blender assembly and the Oz Inlet block Differences between the two methods are covered in each step When replacing the O2 blender assembly it is easiest to remove several components and replace them together These will be done in the following order Remove the back panel and disconnect the battery Remove the left soft side Remove the motor board Remove the flow valve Remove the turbine manifold and oxygen blender as a unit Disconnect the oxygen blender from the turbine manifold Connect the new oxygen blender to the turbine manifold Replace the oxygen blender and turbine manifold as a unit Replace the flow valve Replace the motor board Replace the left soft side Reconnect the battery and replace the back panel 8 In the European Union Loctite 8104 may be substitu
321. ufacturer s specifications 122 Not applicable on LTV 950 900 and 800 p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Tolerance Indicators n a n a 0 5 cmH 0 n a n a 2 n a 2 Battery Level LED Red Battery Level LED Amber 2 2 PSIG 1 PSIG 2 PSIG n a n a Page A 3 Alarms cont Volume Alarm Volume 60 to 85 dBA at one meter 5 dBA nop Ventilator Inop Immediately upon a Ventilator INOP condition the audible indicator will begin sounding with a steady tone and the Vent INOP LED shall illuminate Depressing the alarm Silence Reset button will silence the audible indicator Mechanical Controls Control Range Tolerance Over Pressure Relief 110 cmH20 10 cmH O measured with 10 Lpm of continuous flow PEEP CPAP 0 to 20 cmH20 Uncalibrated Sub Ambient Relief Pressure Drop lt 5cmH 0 at50Lpm Internal Compliance Compliance lt 0 1 mL cm Monitors Monitor Range Tolerance Calculated Peak Flow 10 to 100 Lom 2 Lpm or 10 whichever is greater Exhaled Tidal Volume O to 4000 ml 15 or 15 ml whichever is greater I E Ratio Measured 99 1 and 1 99 Based Accuracy for times are 50 ms or 5 on the measured inspiratory whichever is greater exhalation times Mean Airway Pressure 0 to 99 cmH 0 2 cmH3O or 10 whichever is greater Peak Inspiratory Pressure 0 to 120 cmH2O 2 cmH 20 or 5 whichever is greater PEEP 0 to 99 cmH20 2 cmH O or 10 whichever is greater
322. ure Control setting only apply to the LTV 1000 and LTV 950 models Page 9 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H M Return to normal ventilation e POWER LOST alarm activates mode Disconnect AC Adapter e Battery Level LED illuminates showing from ventilator the charge level e Ventilator continues to operate from the internal battery N Clear the POWER LOST alarm e After the ventilator is turned off the Turn the ventilator off Wait 15 INOP alarm sounds continuously for a seconds duration of 15 seconds e Vent Inop LED illuminates continuously for a duration of 15 seconds O Clear the INOP alarm Test is Confirming audible Chirp must activate complete after alarm is silenced 6 Perform a Patient Assist Port response test A Connect a Patient Assist Cable Normally Closed P N 10779 to the ventilator Patient Assist port reconnect the AC adapter power the ventilator up and clear all alarms B Use a Digital Multi Meter to Resistance lt 2 3 ohm measure the resistance at the 4 plug of the Patient Assist Cable C Create a High Pressure alarm by Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms changing the High Pressure Limit setting to 5 and measure the plug resistance D Return the High Pressure Limit setting to 100 and clear all alarms E Turn the ventilator off leaving the Resistance gt 1 0 mega ohms audible alarm sounding and measure the plug resistance F Press the Silence Reset bu
323. ure at 30 0 0 2 cmH 20 Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet FD 0 yH O is displayed 5 Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient room air Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet FD 80 70 AD is displayed Page 6 12 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 6 Connect the male Luer fitting from the Calibration Syringe assembly to the high pressure female Luer fitting on the side of the ventilator Decrease and maintain the vacuum until a value in the range of 10 to 150 is displayed in the Tidal Volume Setting window Adding a large amount of compliance such as a test lung to the Calibration Syringe assembly will significantly stabilize the readings during this step If a pressure meter is attached to the circuit you will see a vacuum of approximately 2 5 mm H20 displayed when you are at this setting During this step any value in the range of 10 to 150 displayed in the Tidal Volume window is equally acceptable but it is crucial that the value displayed in the Tidal Volume window is stable when pressing Select Alternatively it is also acceptab
324. user set time Flow is delivered in a decelerating waveform where the peak and final flows are calculated so that the final flow is 50 of the peak flow Vte See Tidal Volume monitored 12 Pressure Control and Pressure Support breaths do not compensate for PEEP Delivered pressure is controlled by the Pressure Control setting and is not affected by the PEEP setting i e A Pressure Control setting of 20cmH20 and a PEEP setting of 10cmH20 results in a maximum delivered pressure of 20cmH20 Page B 4 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H Appendix C SERVICE RECORD FORM Any time service is performed on the LTV Series ventilator a Service Record form should be filled out and returned to Pulmonetic Systems This allows for complete tracking of replacement part lots and allows Pulmonetic Systems to maintain comprehensive service history records A Service Record form should be filled out for all types of service including part replacement and calibration A blank Service Record form can be found in this appendix Fax mail or e mail the completed Service Record form to Pulmonetic Systems Inc 17400 Medina Rd Suite 100 Minneapolis Minnesota 55447 1341 Phone 763 398 8500 Office Fax 763 398 8400 Customer Care Center Phone 800 754 1914 Ext 2 763 398 8403 Sales Marketing E mail info pulmonetic com Customer Care Center Fax Customer Care Center E mail service pulmonetic com
325. utput flow is not within 10 of the set flow the flow valve may be faulty and should be replaced See Chapter 8 Flow Valve Assembly for instructions p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 7 25 Advanced FiO2 Diagnostic Procedures Delivery of the correct percentage of oxygen FiO2 is dependent on correct calibration of the oxygen pressure transducer flow valve and O2 blender If the FiO appears incorrect perform the following diagnostic procedures When instructed to replace a subassembly or component that fails any of the following checks verify the original problem is resolved once the item has been replaced If the original problem is not resolved continue with the Advanced Diagnostic checks in order Oxygen Transducer Checkout Perform a leak test as follows 1 Apply a switchable 50 PSIG O source to the oxygen inlet with a calibrated pressure meter in circuit 2 Switch off the Oz source and monitor the pressure for 1 minute e If the pressure drop is greater than 1 PSI check the Pisco connector and the thin high pressure tubing for damage or leaks and replace any damaged components Perform a calibration check as follows 1 Power the unit up in VENT CHECK and select RT XDCR DATA O2 With the inlet open to ambient verify the readout is 0 5 PSI With 50 PSI applied to the inlet verify the readout is 50 1 0 PSI If either step fails recalibrate the transducer and repeat the te
326. w When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet e For LTV 1000 O2 INLET is displayed if the calibration was successful e For LTV 950 900 and 800 MOTOR DRIVE is displayed for successful calibration Reconnect the flexible tubes from the solenoid manifold and the flow valve to the Valve Differential transducer Depending upon which generation ventilator is being calibrated there are 3 styles of flow valve tubing see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement page 8 58 The orange yellow flagged or clear flexible tube from the bottom of the flow valve should be reconnected to the port farthest from the analog board and the clear flexible tube from port 1 on the solenoid manifold should be reconnected to the port nearest the analog board If CAL FAIL appears at any time press Select to exit the calibration When VALVE DIFF is displayed press Select and perform the calibration again Page 6 16 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H O Inlet Pressure Calibration To perform the O inlet pressure calibration you will need the following equipment e Gas source capable of 80 PSI with a T connection to a pressure gauge and an O inlet connector Pressure Gauge FSD gt 80 PSI From _ To High Pressure gt LTV Ventilator O2 Source 02 Inlet Port O2 leak test 1 Set the O2 supply t
327. w valve e Is the Motor bracket interfering with the turbine manifold e Is the Motor bracket interfering with the side Weldment e Are any of the screws loose including the screws for the Drive Band Motor bracket Sensor PCB and Flag e Are there any errors in the flexible tubes routing to the flow valve This includes the flexible tubes connecting to the bypass valve and the high and low pressure ports connecting to the solenoid manifold and Differential Pressure transducer Run Leak Test in VENT CHECK mode Block the patient outlet port and the exhalation drive port Test should pass with values of 0 4 or less Calibrate the valve differential pressure transducer at 0 and 15 cmH20 Stepper Motor Calibration Remove power from the ventilator and connect the step motor current calibration box with current meter In VENT MNTCE go to Calibration Motor Drive Calibrate the currents for phase A and B per the Motor Drive Calibration procedure see page 6 19 Warm the ventilator up by running it at the following nominal settings on a test lung for approximately 1 hour Volume Control 12 bpm 500 ml 1 5 sec Recheck the flow in Vent Maintenance Servo mode at 4000 rom and 10 Lpm The measured flow should be 9 0 Lom 11 0 Lpm for LTV 950 LTV 900 or LTV 800 and 9 5 Lpm 10 5 Lpm for LTV 1000 If the measured flow is within this range then the flow is within specification and there is no need to continue with this procedure o
328. wise continue 2 Wrap the 4 wire stepping motor lead wires with a 4 25 length of Spiral Wrap P N 10919 as shown below 3 Push the spiral wrap up to the stepping motor and wrap a Stepping Motor Connector Warning Label P N 11322 around the 4 wire stepping motor lead wires as shown below GJ aa Oy Stepping Motor Warning Label 4 Connect the bypass tubing to the connector at the base of the new flow valve Page 8 56 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H 5 Apply asmall amount of silicone gel lubricant to the flat surface area on the valve sealing gasket Apply a small amount of silicone gel lubricant to the Mylar sheet insertion tool Place the Mylar sheet insertion tool against the turbine manifold where it will contact the flow valve sealing gasket This will allow the flow valve to be slipped into place without rolling or damaging the valve sealing gasket Push Valve Silicone Gel Down Seal Lubricant First Mylar Sheet I Push In and Down to Seat Y Ea S 6 Slide the new flow valve assembly into place Be sure not to catch any tubing or wiring under the manifold while it is being installed The flow valve must be lined up so the screw seats on the inside of the upper weldment fit into the keyed slots in the bottom of the flow valve assembly 7 Once the screw seats are in the slots the flow valve body must be pressed towards the turbine manifold
329. with earlier version power boards or one mounting screw and one hex nut used with current power board P N 15000 Note Earlier version LTV 800 ventilators do not have the 2 wire connectors on the power board or a Purge Solenoid on the solenoid manifold assembly 4 Remove the solenoid manifold from the power Purge Solenoids board Replace earlier power boards with power board P N 15000 using the instructions given earlier in this chapter 2 Wire Connectors Current Version Power Board P N 15000 Solenoid Manifold Assembly P N 10710 is for use on LTV 1000 950 and 900 Solenoid Manifold Assembly P N 14125 is for use on LTV 800 ventilators in combination with power board P N 15000 and software version 3 13 or higher Page 8 102 LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual p n 10665 Rev H ZN WARNING Mounting Screw Use Make sure the correct length mounting screws are used as specified in the instructions or internal damage to the ventilator may result 5 To install the Solenoid PCBA Slide the solenoid manifold over the threaded mounting stud on the power board carefully align the solenoid contact pins with the JP17 connector on the power board and press the solenoid manifold into place e Be careful to ensure the contact pins are correctly located in the JP17 receptacle 7 8 Red colored 1 4 Mounting Pan head Screw Nut Purge Solenoids 2 Wire Connectors 2 JP17 Mounting Stud
330. yed in the High Pressure Limit Low Pressure windows when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet FD 0 yH 0 is displayed Disconnect from the ventilator so the connection is open to ambient room air Observe the numbers displayed in the Tidal Volume setting window When the displayed value is stable press Select Record the number that was displayed when you pressed Select on the Calibration Worksheet VALVE DIFF is displayed if the calibration was successful If CAL FAIL appears at any time press Select to exit the calibration When FLOW DIFF is displayed press Select and perform the calibration again p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 6 13 Valve Differential Calibration To perform the valve differential calibration you will need the following equipment e Calibration Syringe assembly P N 11471 with a T connection to a pressure manometer 0 90 cmH20 Calibration Syringe Assembly Syringe Pinch Clamp gt i i Pinch Clamp Manometer Male Luer Fitting f Female Luer Fitting Remove Luer fittings for LTV 800 To calibrate the valve differential transducer 1 Press the Select button while VALVE DIFF is displayed a VD 15 yH O is displayed 2 With the back of the ventilator open see Chapter 8 Component Removal and Replacement disconnect both flexible tubes from the Valve Differential transducer on the analog board Note differences in location of Valv
331. ying in a sterile drier for more than 1 hour or 140 F 59 C Gas ETO Temperature 131 F 55 C Care of the Exhalation Valve The exhalation valve is a delicate assembly and may be damaged if Care is not exercised when handling or cleaning it Cleaning instruments or foreign bodies are inserted into it High pressure gas nozzles are used to dry it Differential Pressure Ports A low pressure air nozzle with flow less than 10 liters per minute should be used for cleaning the differential pressure ports 6 Inspect the patient circuit exhalation valve and all accessories Replace any excessively worn or damaged components p n 10665 Rev H LTV Series Ventilator Service Manual Page 4 5 To reassemble the exhalation valve ZN WARNING PEEP Valve Rotation Attempting to adjust the PEEP valve counterclockwise past zero 0 may damage the PEEP valve assembly and cause patient circuit leaks and inaccuracies in patient pressure CAUTION Patient Wye Installation After cleaning install the patient wye in the patient circuit so the proximal sense lines are oriented up while operating CAUTION Damage to the PEEP valve To avoid damaging the PEEP valve always depress the yellow lock button on the top of the valve when making adjustments 1 Depress the lock and set the PEEP valve to 0 2 Insert the compression spring in the center hole of the PEEP valve Make sure spring is securely seated inside the PEE

Note

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents